Manual Parte 2 ISAM

I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F
10 — I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F unit data sheet
NTP 109 — Install an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor ONT
NTP 110 — Replace an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor ONT
NTP 111 — Configure an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F ONT
Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a March 2011

3FE 54199 AAAA TCZZA Edition 01 ONT Product Information Guide
March 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a
ONT Product Information Guide Edition 01 3FE 54199 AAAA TCZZA
10 — I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F unit
data sheet
10.1 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F part numbers and

identification 10-2
10.2 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F general description 10-2
10.3 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F software and installation

feature support 10-2
10.4 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F interfaces and interface

capacity 10-3
10.5 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F LEDs 10-5
10.6 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F detailed specifications 10-6
10.7 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F GEM ports and

T-CONTs 10-8
10.8 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F power support 10-8
10.9 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F functional blocks 10-8
10.10 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F standards

compliance 10-10
10.11 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F special

considerations 10-10
Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a March 2011 10-1

10.1 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F part numbers and

identification
Table 10-1 provides identification information for I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and

I-020G-F indoor ONTs.
Table 10-1 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F part numbers and identification
Part number Mnemonic Description CLEI CPR ECI/Bar

code
3FE 28683 AB I-020E-B GPON I-series ONT, version B, — — —

asymmetric, 2 Ethernet, 28 dB
variant (available in the ETSI market)
3FE 28683 AC I-020E-H GPON I-series ONT, version H, — — —

with SoC R1.2.
3FE 28683 AD I-020E-H GPON I-series ONT, version H, — — —
with SoC R2.1.
3FE 29528 AA I-020G-F GPON I-series ONT, version F, — — —

asymmetric, 2 Ethernet 10/100/1000
BaseT, 28 dB variant (available in the
ETSI market).
10.2 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F general description
I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONTs provide the subscriber interface for
the network by terminating the PON interface and converting it to user interfaces that
directly connect to subscriber devices. These ONTs are compatible with all existing
subscriber equipment.
These indoor ONTs provide the following functions:
• network demarcation for all services
• interworking functions between the GEM and Ethernet layers
• mux and demux functions to the PON
• optical to electrical conversion
• G984.4 standard and revised compliant OMCI interface for ONT management
and provisioning
10.3 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F software and installation

feature support
Table 10-2 provides a list of software-based features and installation information

supported by I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONTs.
10-2 March 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a

Table 10-2 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT software feature support
Feature Chapter/description Click link for more information
General ONT and MDU General information common to ONT and MDU overview
overview multiple devices and an explanation
of general system behaviors.
Service interface ONT and MDU general and interface Ethernet interface specifications
specifications technical specifications
Services supported — See the appropriate P-OLT user documentation for

service creation procedures and descriptions.
RSSI — —
Wi-Fi specifications — —
Optical budget ONT and MDU general and interface ONT optical budget
technical specifications
Location and installation How to install and replace an Install an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor
options I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor ONT
ONT Replace an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor
ONT
Activation methods ONT and MDU overview SLID entry via Ethernet port
HTTP management Information necessary to manage an ONT management using an ONT interface
ONT at a local site using an HTTP
interface, CLI interface, CLI
interface, or butt set.
Statistics and performance ONT and MDU statistics and Performance monitoring statistics for Package A
monitoring performance monitoring ONTs
Supported UPS Part numbers, ordering, and ONT and MDU to UPS or power adapter
configurations deployment configuration overview compatibility support
10.4 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F interfaces and interface

capacity
Table 10-3 describes the supported interfaces and interface capacity for I-020E-B,
I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONTs.
Table 10-3 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT interface connection capacity
ONT type Maximum capacity

and model
POTS 10/ 10/ RF MoCA VDSL2 E1/T1 Local GPON
100 100/ video craft SC/APC
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
I-020E-B — 2 — — — — — — 1
I-020E-H — 2 — — — — — — 1
I-020G-F — — 2 — — — — — 1

I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F ONT connections and components

Figure 10-1 shows the physical connections for I-020E-B and I-020E-H indoor
ONTs.
Figure 10-1 Physical connections on I-020E-B and I-020E-H indoor ONTs
Invisible laser
radiation.
Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
1 2 PON
Ethernet Fiber optic Power

ports port connection
18758
Figure 10-2 shows the physical connections for the I-020G-F indoor ONT.
Figure 10-2 Physical connections on I-020G-F indoor ONTs
Invisible laser
radiation.
Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
PON 2 1
Fiber optic Ethernet Power

port ports connection
20139
Table 10-4 describes physical connections for I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F
indoor ONTs.
Table 10-4 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT connections
Connection Description
Fiber optic port This connection is provided through a fiber optic cable.
(1 of 2)

Ethernet ports This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to two
Ethernet connections may be supported, depending on the indoor ONT
model. The Ethernet port can support both data and in-band video
services (1).
Power This connection is provided through a cable to the ac/dc power

converter.
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) Both Ethernet ports support IPTV but only one of the two ports can be configured for IPTV support
at any one time.
10.5 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F LEDs
Figure 10-3 shows the I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT LEDs.
Figure 10-3 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT LEDs
EQPT
Data 2
Data 2
Data 1
EQPT
PON
MGMT
PON
Data 1
MGMT
18794
Tables 10-5 describes I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT LEDs.
Table 10-5 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT LED
Indicator LED color and behavior LED behavior description
EQPT Off Not powered

Green solid 3.3 V dc power is available
PON Off Not ranged

Green solid PON is in service, ranged, and communicating to the ONT
Red solid Equipment failure or not ranged or synchronized
MGMT Off OMCI not established, no communication between P-OLT and ONT
Green solid OMCI established, full communication between P-OLT and ONT
(1 of 2)

Data 1 Off Ethernet 1 link failure

Green solid Ethernet 1 link is good
Green flashing Ethernet 1 link is in Tx/Rx activity
Data 2 Off Ethernet 2 link failure

Green flashing Ethernet 2 is in Tx/Rx activity
(2 of 2)
Table 10-6 describes the I-020E-B and I-020E-H indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs.
Table 10-6 I-020E-B and I-020E-H indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs
ACTIVITY Off No Tx/Rx activity

Green flashing Tx/Rx activity
DUPLEX Off Half duplex

Green solid Full duplex
Green flashing Collision detected for half duplex
Table 10-7 describes the I-020G-F indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs.
Table 10-7 I-020G-F indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs
LINK Off Link not detected

Green solid Link active
Green flashing Link detected and activity present
MODE Off 10 Mb/s operation

Green solid 100 Mb/s operation
Green flashing 1000 Mb/s operation
10.6 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F detailed specifications
Table 10-8 lists the physical specifications for I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F
indoor ONTs.
Table 10-8 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT physical specifications
Description Specification
Length 0.9 in. (2.29 cm)

Width 6.5 in. (16.51 cm)
(1 of 2)

Height 5.3 in. (13.46 cm)
Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 0.97 lb (0.36 kg) production weight
(2 of 2)
Table 10-9 lists the power consumption specifications for I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and
Table 10-9 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT power consumption specifications
Mnemonic Maximum power Condition Minimum power Condition

(Not to exceed)
I-020E-B 4.75 W 2 Ethernet operational 3.5 W No Ethernet provisioned
I-020E-H 4.75 W 2 Ethernet operational 3.5 W No Ethernet provisioned

I-020G-F 5.25 W 2 Gig-E operational 3.75 W No Gig-E provisioned
Table 10-10 lists the environmental specifications for I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and
Table 10-10 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT environmental specifications
Mounting method Temperature range and humidity Altitude
Indoor 10/100BASE-T Ethernet ONTs (I-020E-B, and I-020E-H)
Desk or wall Operating: Maximum operating altitude 10 000 ft (3048 m)

mounted 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) ambient above sea level
temperature
5% to 85% relative humidity, non-condensing
Storage: Maximum non-operating altitude is 40 000 ft
–40°F to 158°F (–40°C to 70°C) (12 192 m) above mean sea level
5% to 95% relative humidly, non-condensing
Indoor 10/100/1000Base-T Gigabit Ethernet ONTs (I-020G-F)
Desk or wall Operating: Maximum operating altitude is 10 000 ft (3048

mounted Operating: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) ambient m) above mean sea level
temperature
Maximum rate of temperature change is 32.9°F
(0.5°C) per hour
-13°F to 133°F (-25°C to 55°C) (12 192 m) above mean sea level

10.7 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F GEM ports and T-CONTs
Table 10-11 lists the maximum number of supported T-CONTs and GEM ports for
I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONTs. Not all ONTs will be supported in
all of the releases indicated the table. See the appropriate release Customer Release
Notes for the most accurate list of supported devices.
Table 10-11 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONTs capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package
and release
ONT or MDU Release Maximum Notes
Package A ONTs
GEM ports per indoor All 20 22 are present: 20 are available, 2

or outdoor ONT are reserved for OMCI and
debugging
T-CONTs per indoor or All 21 22 are present: 21 are available, 1

outdoor ONT is reserved for OMCI
10.8 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F power support
The following power supply supports I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor
ONTs. Click on the link for more information.
• Emerson 16 W AC/DC switching power adapter unit data sheet
10.9 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F functional blocks
Table 10-12 describes the supported interfaces for I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and
Table 10-12 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT interfaces
ONT category description Interface capacity
POTS Ethernet VDSL2 MoCA RF Video HPNA Wi-Fi

ports ports
Single-residence ONTs — 2 — — — — —
(I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and
I-020G-F indoor ONTs)
ONT SoC technology is an integrated system that provides the GPON, voice, and
data (including IP video) subsystems. It provides two key connection functions:
connecting the ONT to the GPON and the connecting the ONT to subscriber
equipment. The data and IP video subsystems support RJ-45 ports. The ONT
connects to the GPON using a optical connector.

The GPON connection performs a GPON transmission convergence (TC) layer

function. The GPON signal from the P-OLT terminates at a diplexer. The diplexer is
an optical module that performs optical and electrical conversion. The diplexer
interfaces with the GPON MAC on the SoC. Figure 10-4 shows an ONT with a
diplexer, four POTS, and two Ethernet ports.
Figure 10-4 ONT with a diplexer
Power
Converter
POTS (4) RJ-11

GPON Diplexer SOC
Ethernet (2) RJ-45
18783
ONT SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for these ONTs; see
Figure 10-5.
Figure 10-5 I-020x-x ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
SoC Bridge
Ethernet GPON
MACs MAC
Ethernet ports GPON

19421
ONT SoC technology consists of five key elements:

• GPON MAC
The GPON MAC element on the SoC provides the GPON interface to the TC
layer via the optical diplexer or triplexer (if using RF video). This interface
supports the FSAN standards compliant GEM mode transport and provides AES,
FEC, and data fragmentation functionality over the GPON as described in
G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer) ITU specification.

• Ethernet MAC
The SoC provides an Ethernet PHY device (either 10/100BaseT or
10/100/1000BaseT) between the GMII interface and the RJ-45 port.
• Digital Signal Processor (DSP) interface
The DSP provides voice processing and has a TDM interface to the
CODEC/SLIC devices.
• control processor
The control processor manages functions related to OMCI, IGMP, VoIP, and
Ethernet services.
• SoC bridge
The SoC bridge provides an integrated data channel between the Ethernet MAC,
the GPON MAC, the DSP, the control processor, and the other integrated
elements such as flash memory, SDRAM, the local bus controller, and the
DUART interface to the craft port if used.
These ONTs can also interact with additional hardware components to support
functionality not provided by SoC technology. For example, MoCA and CES
functionality require additional hardware support. These, and other additional
elements are described in the following sections along with the SoC-based ONT
functions.
10.10 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F standards compliance
I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONTs are compliant with the following
standards:
• G.983.2 (revised) support for OMCI interface for ONT management and
provisioning
• G.984.3 support for dynamic bandwidth allocation
• G.984.3 support for AES with operator enable/disable per port-ID level
• G.984.3 support for FEC in both upstream and downstream directions
• G984.4 (standard and revised) support for OMCI interface for ONT management
and provisioning
10.11 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F special considerations
For I-020E-B and I-020E-H variants only, FEC is not supported.
Upgrade considerations and limitations

Existing ONTs that use 7342 ISAM FTTU releases older than R04.06.xx and
R04.07.xx must be upgraded to use R04.00.10 software while assigned to a PON ID
value smaller than 64. For this purpose, if split ratios larger than 1:64 are being
deployed, you may choose to set aside the first PON ID as a staging point.
I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F ONT considerations and limitations

Table 10-13 lists the considerations and limitations for these ONTs.

Table 10-13 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-FONT considerations and limitations
Considerations and limitations
No support for per VLAN protocol downstream tagging mode
In SVLAN cross-connect tunnel mode:

• use non-overlapping pbits since the use of the same pbits on two or more VLAN ports results in
a mismatch alarm
• downstream frames sent with a single tag normally sent out on the user-side as untagged, will
instead be sent as priority tagged
When using CVLAN translation, or when the same queue is used for multiple pbits, the highest pbit
value in the queue in the downstream direction will be selected to stomp the pbit in the packet
Simultaneous configuration of a CVLAN port and an S-Tunnel on the same UNI will only be supported
if these services are provisioned with non-overlapping pbits
The same VLAN port must be used when employing both protocol-based VLAN for PPPoE and
IPoE-based VLANs
When the VLAN is translated, the pbit value must be modified and the highest pbit value is mapped
to that GEM port
When more than one Ethernet port is in VLAN translation mode, or set to flexible mode with IGMP
channels created, the USERSIDE VLAN IDs of those services are different. All downstream multicast
packets will be tagged on the UNI port with VLAN ID of 4094
Maximum use of multicast on 1 Ethernet port at a time

For C forwarder and S+C CC forwarder, if the VLAN port uses regenerated profiles or regenerated
pbits, then the downstream traffic can only flow with the derived pbits
When either tip or ring is grounded, DGNONTPOTS tip to ground and ring to ground restrictive
measurements are simultaneously reported as 0 ohms
I-020E-B and I-020E-H ONT hardware limitations

Table 10-14 lists the hardware limitations for I-020E-B and I-020E-H indoor ONTs
when configuring services.
Table 10-14 I-020E-B and I-020E-H indoor ONT hardware limitations
Limitation Parameters (1) Service (s)
For I-020E-B and I-020E-H ONTs the link will come up in half autodetect ONT
duplex when the link partner is manually configured to 10 Ethernet
or 100 Mb/s, if you configure the ONT for AUTOFD. All other port
ONTs will not link up in this situation. The TL1 command
REPT-OPSTAT-ONTENET will indicate the link status.
Note
(1) See 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and CLI for
information on these parameters.


NTP 109 — Install an I-020E-B, I-020E-H,
or I-020G-F indoor ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe the steps to install an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or
I-020G-F indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
See the listed DLPs for prerequisites.
Recommended tools
You need the following tools for the installation:
• wire strippers
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• fiber optic splicing tools
• RJ-45 and RJ-11 cable plug crimp tool
Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a March 2011 NTP 109-1

Safety information
Read the following safety information before installing the unit.
Danger 1 — Contact the local utility company before you connect the
enclosure to the utilities.
Danger 2 — Observe the local and national laws and regulations that
may be applicable to this installation.
Warning — This equipment is ESD sensitive. Proper ESD protections

should be used when handling the indoor ONT.
Caution — Keep indoor ONTs out of direct sunlight. Prolonged

exposure to direct sunlight can damage the unit.
Note — Observe the following:
• The indoor ONT should be installed in accordance with the

applicable requirements of the NEC or CEC. Local authorities and
practices take precedence when there is conflict between the local
standard and the NEC or CEC.
• The indoor ONT must be installed by qualified service personnel.
• Indoor ONTs must be installed with cables that are suitably rated
and listed for indoor use.
• See “I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F detailed specifications” in the
unit data sheet for the temperature ranges for these ONTs.
Procedure
Use this procedure to install an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor ONT.
1 Prepare the cables at the site where the ONT will be installed (DLP 100).
2 Will the ONT sit on a flat surface, or be mounted to a wall?
a For ONTs that will be wall mounted, go to step 3
b For ONTs that will sit on a flat surface, go to step 5.
3 Slip the wall mount bracket over the ONT.
i Measure and drill two holes in the wall where the ONT will be mounted. The
holes should be the same distance apart as the holes on the wall mounting
bracket (83.3 mm apart, or 3.28 in).
ii Place mounting screws or bolts in the wall.
iii Lay the ONT flat on a table.
NTP 109-2 March 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a

iv Slide the mounting bracket over the ONT until the lip of the bracket rests
between the power connection and either the fiber optic port or the Ethernet
port. Figure NTP 109-1 shows the I-020G-F with the lip between an Ethernet
port and the power connector.
Figure NTP 109-1: I-020G-F ONT with wall mounting bracket
Invisible laser
radiation.
Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
PON 2 1
19661
v Mount the ONT on the pre-installed screws or bolts in the bracket mounting
holes. Ensure the ONT is firmly held in place by the bracket and is firmly
secured to the wall.
4 Place the indoor ONT unit:
a On the flat surface, such as a desk, horizontally resting on its four plastic
feet; go to step 6.
b In the stand mount (3FE 28953 AA).
i Place the stand mount on the flat surface.
ii Slide the ONT into the opening on the stand mount, ensuring it is
securely held. Figure NTP 109-2 shows the stand mount.

Figure NTP 109-2: ONT in a stand mount
EQPT
PON
MGMT
Data 2
Data 1
19660
iii Go to step 6.
5 Position the indoor ONT and the AC power converter or UPS (DLP 105).
6 Review the connection locations shown in Figure NTP 109-3 for I-020E-B and
I-020E-H ONTs and Figure NTP 109-4 for I-020G-F ONTs.
Figure NTP 109-3: I-020E-B and I-020E-H indoor ONT connections
Invisible laser
radiation.
Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
1 2 PON
Ethernet cable Fiber

optic Power
cable cable
18793

Figure NTP 109-4: I-020G-F indoor ONT connections
Invisible laser
radiation.
Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
PON 2 1

20139
7 Connect the Ethernet and power cables.
8 If used, configure the SLID (DLP 6).
9 Connect the fiber optic cable.
10 Verify the ONT LEDs.
11 Activate and test the services (DLP 121).
12 STOP. This procedure is complete.


NTP 110 — Replace an I-020E-B,
I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the I-020E-B, I-020E-H,
or I-020G-F indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
You need the following tools for replacing the ONT:
• wire strippers
• RJ-45 and RJ-11 cable plug crimp tool

Safety information

should be used when handling the indoor ONT.


• See “I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F detailed specifications” in the
unit data sheet for the temperature ranges for these ONTs.
Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor ONT.
1 Deactivate the ONT services (DLP 124). If you are using the SLID feature, this step
is not required. The ONT and the services can remain in service (IS).
2 At the subscriber site, locate the indoor ONT and disconnect the power, Ethernet,
and fiber optic cables; see Figure NTP 110-1 for I-020E-B and I-020E-H ONTs or
Figure NTP 110-2 for I-020G-F ONTs.

Figure NTP 110-1: I-020E-B and I-020E-H indoor ONT connections
Invisible laser
radiation.
Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
1 2 PON
Ethernet cable Fiber

optic Power
cable cable
18793
Figure NTP 110-2: I-020G-F indoor ONT physical connections
Invisible laser
radiation.
Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
PON 2 1

20139
3 Replace the indoor ONT with a new unit.
4 Reattach the power and Ethernet connections to the ONT.
5 Reconnect the power cable to the ac outlet.
Note — A new SLID or the old SLID may be used with the replacement
ONT. If a new SLID is used, the new SLID must also be programmed at
the P-OLT using TL1 or a network manager. If the old SLID is used, no
changes need to be made at the P-OLT; see the operations and
maintenance documentation for the OLT for more details.

7 If required, have approved service personnel who are trained to work with optic
fiber clean the fiber optic connection. See DLP 127 for more information about
fiber optic handling, inspection, and cleaning.
Danger — Fiber optic cables transmit invisible laser light. To avoid eye
damage or blindness, never look directly into fibers, connectors, or
adapters.
8 Make the fiber optic connection as shown in Figure NTP 110-1.
Warning — Be careful to maintain a bend radius of no less than 1.5

inches (3.8 cm) when connecting the fiber optic cable. Too small of a
bend radius in the cable can result in damage to the optic fiber.
9 Verify the ONT LEDs, voltage status, and optical signal levels (DLP 120).

NTP 111 — Configure an I-020E-B,
I-020E-H, or I-020G-F ONT
General
Please refer to the OLT Operations and Maintenance using TL1 and CLI guide for the
software configuration procedure for I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F ONTs.
For HTTP configuration procedures, please refer to chapter 6, “ONT management using
an ONT interface”.

NTP 111 — Configure an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F ONT

I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P
11 — I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or I-040G-P unit data sheet
NTP 112 — Install an I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and an I-040G-P indoor ONT
NTP 113 — Replace an I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or an I-040G-P indoor ONT
NTP 114 — Configure an I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or an I-040G-P ONT

11 — I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or I-040G-P unit
data sheet
11.1 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P part numbers and

identification 11-2
11.2 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P general description 11-3
11.3 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P software and installation

11.4 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P interfaces and interface

capacity 11-5
11.5 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P LEDs 11-7
11.6 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P detailed specifications 11-9
11.7 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P GEM ports and

T-CONTs 11-11
11.8 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P power support 11-12
11.9 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P functional blocks 11-12
11.10 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P standards

compliance 11-14
11.11 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P special


11.1 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P part numbers and

identification
Table 11-1 provides identification information about I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and

I-040G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 11-1 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P part numbers and identification
Mnemonic (1) Ordering kit Provisioning Description CLEI CPR ECI/

part number part number Bar
code
I-010G-P 3FE 52957 AA 3FE 53347 AA GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 1 — — —
Ethernet interface. Includes ac/dc power
cord with European (EU) variant plug.
3FE 52957 AD GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 1 — — —

cord with Australian (AU) variant plug.
3FE 52957 AE GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 1 — — —

cord with United Kingdom (UK) variant
plug.
3EF 52957 AN — GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 1 — — —

(customer- Ethernet interface. Includes ac/dc power
specific cord with CCC variant plug.
variant)
I-020G-P 3FE 52957 AB 3FE 53347 AB GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 2 — — —
Ethernet interfaces. Includes ac/dc power
3FE 52957 AF GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 2 — — —

3FE 52957 AG GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 2 — — —

plug.
3FE 52957 AL GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 2 — — —

(customer- Ethernet interfaces. Includes ac/dc power
specific cord with Australian (AU) variant plug.
variant)
3FE 52957 AK GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 2 — — —

cord with United States of America (US)
variant plug.
(1 of 2)

Mnemonic (1) Ordering kit Provisioning Description CLEI CPR ECI/

part number part number Bar
code
I-040G-P 3FE 52957 AC 3FE 53347 AC GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 4 — — —
3FE 52957 AH GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 4 — — —

3FE 52957 AJ GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 4 — — —

plug.
3FE 52957 AM GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 4 — — —

cord with United States (US) variant plug.
3FE 52957 AP — GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 4 — — —

(customer- Ethernet interface. Includes ac/dc power
specific cord with CCC variant plug.
variant)
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) See Chapter 2-Part numbers, ordering, and deployment configuration overview for ordering information.
11.2 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P general description
I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or I-040G-P indoor ONTs provide a subscriber interface for the
system. The ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user interfaces that
directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible with all existing
subscriber equipment, including analog phones with both tone and rotary dial
capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type I,
Type II, and Type III).
Voice, video, and data are supported by these ONTs. Voice capability through the
Ethernet interface is supported with an interfacing external IAD box or home router
to enable VoIP access. Video contents can be delivered in the form of data by
multicast or unicast technology. For example, where multicast technology is used,
these ONTs support a dedicated multicast GEM port on the downstream so the video
content is received and processed by the ONTs through a unified channel, which
greatly improves bandwidth efficiency. IGMP snooping function is also supported
for further optimization. When IGMP snooping is enabled, the member joining and
leaving activities are monitored by the ONT at the Ethernet service port, then
selectively delivers the multicast streams.
These ONTs provide the following functions:
• G.984 series GPON standard compliant
• IGMP snooping
• support for Multicast GEM port
• G984.4 and G.983.2 standard compliant ONT Management Control Interface
(OMCI) interface for ONT management and provisioning
• auto-negotiation and MDI/MDIX auto-sensing

• Management Information Base (MIB) manipulation over OMCI by Create,

Delete, Set, Get, and Get next commands
• optics that support received signal strength indication (RSSI)
• remote software image download (as well as activation and reboot) over OMCI
• delivers video content in the form of data by multicast or unicast
• performance monitoring as well as alarms and AVC reports
11.3 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P software and installation

feature support
Table 11-2 provides a list of installation information and software-based features

supported by the I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 11-2 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P ONTs software feature support
Features Chapter/description Click link for more information
specifications technical specifications • Coaxial connectivity in the home and design
guidelines
• Configuration recommendations
Services supported — See the appropriate OLT user documentation for

RSSI specifications ONT and MDU general and interface RSSI specifications
Wi-Fi specification — —
Location and installation How to install and replace I-010G-P, Install an I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and an I-040G-P
options I-020G-P, and I-040G-P indoor ONTs indoor ONT
Replace an I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or an I-040G-P
indoor ONT
Activation methods ONT and MDU overview ONT management at a local site
Statistics and performance ONT and MDU statistics and Supported performance monitoring counters per
monitoring performance monitoring type of ONT
deployment configuration overview compatibility support

11.4 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P interfaces and interface

capacity
Table 11-3 describes the supported interfaces and interface capacity.
Table 11-3 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P ONT interface connection capacity

and model
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
I-010G-P — — 1 — — — — — 1
I-020G-P — — 2 — — — — — 1
I-040G-P — — 4 — — — — — 1
I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P ONT connections and components

Figure 11-1 shows the I-010G-P ONT physical connections.
Figure 11-1 I-010G-P ONT physical connections
POW
OPTICAL ER
UPD LAN
ALARMATE
Reset RESET
GE
PWR
Ethernet
(GE)
RJ-45
Power
connector
20689

POW
GPON ER
ETHERNET
UPD
ALARMATE
GE
GE
PWR
Ethernet
(GE)
RJ-45
Power
connector
20687
R
WE
PO L
CA
TI N
OP LA
TE
DA M
UP AR
AL
GE1
GE2
GE3
GE4
RESET
Ethernet (GE) PWR
ports RJ-45 Reset
Power
connector
20685
Figure 11-4 shows the SC/APC physical connector for an I-040G-P indoor ONT.
The I-010G-P and I-020G-P indoor ONTs both have the identical SC/APC port cover
and connector.
Figure 11-4 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P ONT SC/APC port connection
R
WE
PO L
CA
TI N
OP LA
TE
DA M
UP AR
AL
GE1
GE2
GE3
GE4
RESET
PWR
SC/APC
connector
20681
Table 11-4 describes the I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P ONT physical
connections.

Table 11-4 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P ONT physical connections
Ethernet ports This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 port. Either
one, two, or four Ethernet connections are supported. The
Ethernet ports can support voice, video, data, and high speed
internet access on all Ethernet interfaces.
Fiber optic port This connection is provided through an SFF type laser fiber optic
cable with SC/APC connector and port with SC/APC adapter.
Power This connection is provided through a power cable with a Molex

connector to the power connector.
11.5 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P LEDs
Figure 11-5 shows the I-010G-P ONT LEDs.
Figure 11-5 I-010G-P ONT LEDs
POWER
OPTICAL or
GPON
LAN or
ETHERNLAN
UPDATE
POWER
OPTICAL
GPON or
ET or
ETHERNET
ALARM
UPDATE
ALARM
RESET
GE
PWR
20693

POWER
GPON
POW
GPON ER
ETHERNET
ETHERNET
UPD
ALARMATE
UPDATE
GE
GE
PWR
20757

AL
M
O ER
E
LA
AT
AR
IC
W
PD
PT
AL
PO
AL
AR
M UP
DA
TE
LA OPT
N
IC
AL
PO
WER
20683
Table 11-5 describes the I-010G-P, and I-040G-P ONT LEDs.
Table 11-5 I-010G-P and I-040G-P ONT LEDs descriptions
Name LED color and behavior LED behavior description
POWER Off No power

Green solid Operating on ac power
Green flashing ONT is starting up
(1 of 2)

OPTICAL Red solid ONT optical interface abnormal, loss of signal or loss
of frame
Green solid ONT working normally, initial ranging is complete
ONT management control interface (OMCI) traffic
exchange between OLT and ONT
Green flashing
LAN Off No LAN provisioned or no Ethernet connection

Green solid Ethernet connectivity but no data traffic
Green flashing Data traffic detected on Ethernet connection
UPDATE Off No software update, ONT working normally

Green flashing ONT software download in progress
Red solid ONT software download failed
ALARM Off ONT is operating without failure

Green solid No alarm, with local access enabled
Red flashing ONT software failure
Red solid ONT operation failure (not ranged)
I-040G-P ONT only
Unlabeled LED — —
(2 of 2)
Table 11-6 describes the I-020G-P ONT LEDs.
Table 11-6 I-020G-P ONT LEDs description
POWER Off No power

Red solid POST failure, device malfunction, or hardware error
GPON or OPTICAL Off Equipment failure or not ranged or synchronized

Green solid PON in-service, ranged, and communicating to ONT
Signal detected, ONT in ranging and synchronization
Green flashing process
ETHERNET or LAN Off No LAN provisioned or no Ethernet connection

UPDATE Off ONT working normally

Green solid Local access enabled
Red ONT software download failed
Unlabeled LED — —
11.6 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P detailed specifications
Table 11-7 lists the I-010G-P, and the I-020G-P ONTs physical specifications.

Table 11-7 I-010G-P, and I-020G-P ONTs physical specifications
Dimensions Specifications
Length 5.51 in. (14 cm)
Width 3.94 in. (10 cm)
Weight within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg) 1.04 lb (0.47 kg)
Table 11-8 lists the I-040G-P ONT physical specifications.
Table 11-8 I-040G-P ONT physical specifications

Width 6.77 in. (17.2 cm)
Height 1.3 in. (3.3 cm
Weight within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg) Contact your Alcatel-Lucent technical support
representative for more information
Table 11-9 lists the I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P power consumption
specifications.
Table 11-9 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P power consumption specifications

(Not to exceed)
I-010G-P 4W 1 Gig-E operational 3W No Gig-E provisioned

I-020G-P 5W 2 Gig-E operational 3W No Gig-E provisioned
I-040G-P 7W 4 Gig-E operational 4.5 W No Gig-E provisioned
Table 11-10 lists the I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and the I-040G-P environmental
specifications.
Table 11-10 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P environmental specifications
I-010G-P and I-040G-P ONTs
(1 of 2)

Desk or wall Operating: Maximum operating altitude is 7000 ft (2134 m)

mounted 23°F to 113°F (-5°C to 45°C) above mean sea level
Storage: Contact your Alcatel-Lucent technical support

-13°F to 149°F (-25°C to 65°C) representative for more information
I-020G-P ONT

mounted 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) above mean sea level

(2 of 2)
11.7 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P GEM ports and T-CONTs
Table 11-11 lists the maximum number of supported GEM ports and T-CONTs. Not
all ONTs will be supported in all of the releases indicated the table. See the
appropriate release Customer Release Notes for the most accurate list of supported
devices.
Table 11-11 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P indoor ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package
and release
ONT Release (1) Maximum Notes

Package C ONTs
GEM ports per indoor R04.06.40 to R04.06.42 10 12 are present: 10 are available, 2
or outdoor ONT are reserved for multicast and
debugging
R04.06.3x, R04.06.43, R04.07.40, 30 32 are present: 30 are available, 2

R04.07.45 are reserved for multicast and
debugging
R04.06.45x, R04.00.4x, R04.02.0x, 30
R04.02.40x, R04.02.41x
R04.02.42x 30
T-CONTs per indoor or R04.06.40 to R04.06.42 6 7 are present: 6 are available, 1 is

outdoor ONT reserved for OMCI
R04.06.3x, R04.06.43, R04.07.40, 6
R04.07.45
R04.06.45x, R04.00.4x, R04.02.0x, 15 16 are present: 15 are available, 1

R04.02.40x, R04.02.41x is reserved for OMCI
R04.02.42x 31 32 are present: 31 are available, 1

is reserved for OMCI

Note
(1) The letter x following a release number denotes either a letter of the alphabet for maintenance releases or digit from 0
to 9 for minor releases.
11.8 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P power support
The following power supplies support the I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and the I-040G-P
• Leader Electronics 12W and 18W ac/dc switching power supply unit data sheet
11.9 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P functional blocks
Table 11-12 describes the I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and the I-040G-P ONT supported
interfaces.
Table 11-12 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P ONT interfaces

ports ports
Single-residence Gigabit 0 1/2/4 0 0 0 0 0

Ethernet ONTs without POTS
and RF video (I-010G-P,
I-020G-P, and I-040G-P
indoor ONTs)
The I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and the I-040G-P indoor ONTs are single-residence
Gigabit Ethernet ONTs that represents another variation of the ONT. In the case of
data-only ONTs without POTS or RF video connections, the indoor ONT SoC-based
functional block transmits Ethernet packets to either one, two, or four RJ-45 Ethernet
ports. These ONTs also feature fiber optic and power connectors, as well as a reset
button.
Figure 11-8 shows the functional blocks for an indoor ONT with four Gigabit
Ethernet ports. For those ONTs with either one or two Gigabit Ethernet ports, the
excess ports are blocked by a plastic cover.

Figure 11-8 Single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONT
Power Converter Power connector
Ethernet (1) RJ-45
Ethernet (1) RJ-45

GPON Optical
block SOC
Ethernet (1) RJ-45
Ethernet (1) RJ-45
20391
ONT SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for the I-010G-P, I-020G-P,
and I-040G-P ONTs; see Figure 11-9.
Figure 11-9 I-0x0G-P ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
Switch matrix
Ethernet MOCA GPON

MACs MAC MAC
Ethernet ports F-type connector GPON

20241
ONT SoC technology consists of six key elements:

• GPON MAC
The Gigabit Passive Optical Network Media Access Control (GPON MAC)
element on the SoC terminates the GPON interface using an optical diplexer. This
interface supports GPON as described in G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer) ITU
specification.
• Ethernet MAC
The SoC provides up to four GE MACs.

• MoCA MAC
The Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA) MAC supports the MoCA v1.1
specification set.
• DSP interface
The Digital Signal Processor (DSP) provides voice processing for 2 POTS lines
with the 3-way calling. The DSP has a dedicated 64 kbyte instruction cache and
shares a 32 kbyte data cache with the Control Processor.
• Control Processor
The Control Processor features an integral memory management unit that
supports a dedicated 64 kbyte instruction cache and shares a single 32 kbyte data
cache with the DSP. The Control Processor and DSP also include a single channel
Data Management Application (DMA) controller with a 4 kbyte read ahead
low-latency Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM) access port. The
processors typically run at 400 MHz.
• Switch matrix
The Switch matrix provides an integrated data channel between the four GE
MACs, the GPON MAC, the MoCA MAC, the DSP, the control processor, and
the other integrated elements such as flash memory, DRAM, and the local bus
controller.
functionality not provided by the SoC technology.
11.10 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P standards compliance
I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P indoor ONTs are compliant with the following
standards:
• 802.1d support for bridging
• 802.1p support for mapping and mapper service profile on U/S
• 802.1p support for marking and remarking
• 802.1p support for Class of Service based on VLAN-ID
• 802.1q support for virtual switch based on VLAN
• G.984 support GPON interface (framing)
• G.984.2 support for Amd1, Class B+
• G.984.3 support for activation and password functions
• G.984.3 support for AES with operator enable/disable on per port-ID level
• G.984.3 support for multicast using a single GEM Port-ID for all video traffic
• G984.4 and G.983.2 support for OMCI interface for ONT management and
provisioning
• G.984.5 support for blocking filter as an option

11.11 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P special considerations
Service creation considerations and limitations

Port-to-port mode must be enabled when using the four-port Ethernet ONT
I-040G-P. When using port-to-port mode, you can only configure one Ethernet port.

I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P ONT considerations and limitations

Table 11-13 lists the considerations and limitations for these indoor ONTs.
Table 11-13 I-010G-P, I-020G-P, I-040G-P ONT considerations and limitations

Support for up to 32 GEM ports per Ethernet UNI
Support for 7 T-CONTs including the OMCI T-CONT
Ethernet OAM (802.1 ag) is not supported

TPID overwrite is not supported
Anti-spoofing is not supported
802.1x is not supported

IGMPv3 snooping with SSM is not supported
VLAN translation is supported prior to replication for downstream IPTV multicast. The same VLAN
operation must be provisioned for all Ethernet UNIs participating in IPTV multicasting.
The ONT will not support sending some untagged multicast frames through one Ethernet UNI while
sending other tagged multicast frames through another Ethernet UNI.
Double-tagged frames are not supported
Flow control is not supported. The ONT will not generate PAUSE frames for the client if there is
traffic congestion.
Configurable Ethernet for VLAN tag detection is not supported. Currently, only 0x8100 is supported.
POTS pull-break-dial-tone (PBDT) is not supported for SIP, H.248, and G6
Call history data collection (ONTCALLHST) is not supported
G.729 and G.711 a/u are supported while G.726-32 codec is not supported
Only one global DSCP to pbit mapping table is supported
Default Ethernet flow and wildcard Ethernet flow coexisting on the same Ethernet port is not
supported
Maximum of 16 service flows (VLANs) can be enabled with pbit translation
(1 of 2)

Non-supported call services:

• Direct connect
• Warm line
• Call forward status indications
• Home Intercom
• Call park
• Bridged line
• Call pickup with barge-in
• Suppressed ringing
Service classification by Ethertype is not supported
The first time an ONT is connected, the initial Ethernet UNI is enabled by default. This Ethernet UNI
can be disabled by the OLT.
When pbit translation is enabled, each GEM port can only translate into one pbit. Mapping
downstream Pbits to different GEM ports is the only form of supported pbit translation.
Static multicast is not supported
IPTV multicast over PPPoE (from the multicast port) is not supported
PM counter is partially supported
Pbit translation following DSCP to pbit mapping is not supported

Pbit translation when a UNI is set to pass through any VLAN ID (unisidevlan=4096 and
networksidevlan=4096) is not supported
Packet loss occurs in 1G wirespeed. Due to the additional 4-byte routing tag, throughput is less than
1G for all packet lengths.
Weighted round robin (WRR) is not accurate when configured with OMCI because the weight
definition in BL device is the reverse of OMCI definition
For WRR scheduling, bandwidth is not used by a queue can not be claimed by any other queues
Up to eight extended VLAN rules per VLAN port is supported
AES key can not be changed locally on an ONT
100M half is not supported
(2 of 2)
I-040G-P ONT hardware limitations

Table 11-14 lists the hardware limitations for the I-040G-P indoor ONT when
configuring services.
Table 11-14 I-040G-P indoor ONT hardware limitations
Limitation Parameters(1) Service
I-040G-P ONT must be enabled for port-to-port proftype QoS

communication to support the flexible mode. In this p2penable ONT
communication mode, a business service can only be
configured on port 1, and the service is replicated on the
other enabled ONT UNI ports.
(1 of 2)

Limitation Parameters(1) Service
The following are not supported: unisidevlan HSI

• both VLAN translation and VLAN pass-through on traffic
networksidevlan Flow
using the same p-bit across the same UNI
• VLAN translation when networksidevlan is 4096 and
unisidevlan is 0 to 4094. Upstream traffic is classified
and forwarded as pass-through traffic. Downstream
traffic is not translated to the unisidevlan setting.
Downstream p-bit translation is not supported when the unisidevlan HSI
flow is configured for VLAN pass-through. In this case, the
following applies: networksidevlan Flow
• a flow with networksidevlan 4096 and unisidevlan 4096, pbitxlprofid
will pass downstream p-bits to the UNI unchanged
• a flow with networksidevlan and unisidevlan set to the pbitxlpofnm
same value (0 to 4094), will pass downstream p-bits to
the UNI changed to the highest p-bit value specified by
the PQ profile
When all of the following apply, the highest UNI-side p-bit

value defined in the p-bit translation profile is used:
• unisidevlan is 0 to 4094 and networksidevlan is 0 to
4094, or unisidevlan is 4096 and networksidevlan is
4096
• pbitxlprofid/nm is not 0
• p-bit translation is not defined for the downstream
p-bit in the p-bit translation profile
(2 of 2)
Note


NTP 112 — Install an I-010G-P, I-020G-P,
and an I-040G-P indoor ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install Package C I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P indoor
ONTs.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe installing and cabling for the I-010G-P, I-020G-P,
and the I-040G-P indoor ONTs.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• screwdriver for wall mounting the ONT unit

• RJ-45 cable plug crimp tool
• voltmeter or multimeter
• optical power meter
• drill and drill bits

Safety information
Danger 3 — If the coaxial output of the ONT is connected to the

dwelling infrastructure coaxial distribution system, ensure that the
coaxial distribution system is separately grounded. Grounding of the
dwelling coaxial infrastructure shall use Listed grounding devices and
must be installed in accordance with local Codes and Article 800 of the
National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, following the manufacturers
instructions.

should be used when removing the fiber access cover of the indoor ONT.


practices take precedent when there is conflict between the local
• See I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P detailed specifications in the
I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or I-040G-P unit data sheet for the temperature
ranges for ONTs.
Procedure
Use this procedure to install an I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P indoor ONTs.
1 Prepare the cables at the site where the ONT will be installed (DLP 100). Also,
locate the power source where the power converter will be installed.
2 Are any of the cables missing?
a If yes, go to step 3.
b If no, go to step 4.
3 Locate each missing cable and route them to the ONT as per local practices.

a On the flat surface, such as a desk, horizontally resting on its four feet as
shown in Figure NTP 112-1; go to step 5.
b On a wall (DLP 115).
5 Review the connection locations as shown in Figures NTP 112-1, NTP 112-2,
and NTP 112-3.
Figure NTP 112-1: I-010G-P indoor ONT connections
POWER
OPTICAL
UPD LAN
ALARMATE
Reset RESET
GE
PWR
Ethernet
(GE)
RJ-45
Power
connector
20689
POW
GPON ER
ETHERNET
UPD
ALARMATE
GE
GE
PWR
Ethernet
(GE)
RJ-45
Power
connector
20687

R
WE
PO L
CA
TI N
OP LA
TE
DA M
UP AR
AL
GE1
GE2
GE3
GE4
RESET
Ethernet (GE) PWR
ports RJ-45 Reset
Power
connector
20685
6 Connect the Ethernet cables to the RJ-45 ports (DLP 101).
7 Connect the SC/APC fiber optic cable (DLP 118).

8 Install the power supply according to manufacturer specifications.
• Units must be powered by a Listed or CE approved and marked

limited power source power supply with a minimum output rate of
12 V dc, 1.25 A.
9 Connect the power cable to the power connector.
13 If necessary, reset the ONT (DLP 119).

NTP 113 — Replace an I-010G-P,
I-020G-P, or an I-040G-P
indoor ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or an I-040G-P indoor ONTs.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the replacement of
I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P indoor ONTs.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools

• wall mount template
• screwdriver for wall mounting the ONT unit

Safety information
Read the following safety information before replacing the unit.

instructions.



• See I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P detailed specifications in the
I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or I-040G-P unit data sheet for the temperature
ranges for ONTs.
Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P indoor ONTs.
2 Disconnect the POTS, Ethernet, fiber optic (DLP 126), and power cables from the
ONT; see Figures NTP 113-1 , NTP 113-2, and NTP 113-3 for the connector
locations.

Figure NTP 113-1: I-010G-P ONT connections
POW ER
OPTICAL
UPD LAN
ALARMATE
Reset RESET
GE
PWR
Ethernet
(GE)
RJ-45
Power
connector
20689
POW
GPON ER
ETHERNET
UPD
ALARMATE
GE
GE
PWR
Ethernet
(GE)
RJ-45
Power
connector
20687
R
WE
PO L
CA
TI N
OP LA
TE
DA M
UP AR
AL
GE1
GE2
GE3
GE4
RESET
Ethernet (GE) PWR
ports RJ-45 Reset
Power
connector
20685

3 Replace the ONT with a new unit:
a On a flat surface, such as a desk, substitute a replacement ONT for the old
ONT; go to step 4.
b On a wall.
i Slide the old ONT upward and then away from the two mounting screws
until the ONT is free of the wall.
ii Install the replacement ONT following the wall mounting instructions

for an I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or I-040G-P indoor ONT (DLP 115).
4 Connect the Ethernet cables as required to the RJ-45 ports (DLP 101).
a For the I-010G-P indoor ONT, connect one cable.
b For the I-020G-P indoor ONT, connect two cables.
c For the I-040G-P indoor ONT, connect four cables.
adapters.


12 V dc, 1.25 A.
8 Connect the power cable to the ONT unit power connector as shown in
Figures NTP 113-1 , NTP 113-2, and NTP 113-3.



NTP 114 — Configure an I-010G-P,
I-020G-P, or an I-040G-P ONT
General
software configuration procedures for the I-010G-P, I-020G-P, and I-040G-P ONTs.
For HTTP configuration procedures, please refer to chapter 6, ONT management using
an ONT interface.

NTP 114 — Configure an I-010G-P, I-020G-P, or an I-040G-P ONT

I-110G-P
12 — I-110G-P unit data sheet
NTP 115 — Install an I-110G-P indoor ONT
NTP 116 — Replace an I-110G-P indoor ONT
NTP 117 — Configure an I-110G-P ONT

12.1 I-110G-P part numbers and identification 12-2
12.2 I-110G-P general description 12-2
12.3 I-110G-P software and installation feature support 12-3
12.4 I-110G-P interfaces and interface capacity 12-4
12.5 I-110G-P LEDs 12-5
12.6 I-110G-P detailed specifications 12-6
12.7 I-110G-P GEM ports and T-CONTs 12-7
12.8 I-110G-P power support 12-8
12.9 I-110G-P functional blocks 12-8
12.10 I-110G-P standards compliance 12-10
12.11 I-110G-P special considerations 12-10

12.1 I-110G-P part numbers and identification
Table 12-1 provides identification information about I-110G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 12-1 I-110G-P part number and identification
Mnemonic (1) Ordering kit Provisioning Description CLEI CPR ECI/Bar

part number part number code
I-110G-P 3FE 52959 AA 3FE 53347 AQ GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 1 — — —
Ethernet and 1 POTS interface. Includes
ac/dc power cord with European (EU)
variant plug.
3FE 52959 AJ GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 1 — — —

ac/dc power cord with Australian (AU)
variant plug.
3FE 52959 AK GPON I-series ONT unit, version P, 1 — — —

ac/dc power cord with United Kingdom
(UK) variant plug.
Note
12.2 I-110G-P general description
I-110G-P indoor ONT provides a subscriber interface for the system. The ONT
terminates the PON interface and converts it to a user interface that directly connects
to subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible with all existing subscriber equipment,
including analog phones with both tone and rotary dial capabilities, cordless phones,
modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and Type III).
Voice, video, and data are supported by this ONT. Voice capability is supported
through the Ethernet interface using an interfacing external IAD box or home router
to enable VoIP access, transmitting voice as data. Video contents can be delivered in
the form of data by multicast or unicast technology. For example, where multicast
technology is used, this ONT supports a dedicated multicast GEM port on the
downstream so the video content is received and processed by the ONT through a
unified channel, which greatly improves bandwidth efficiency. IGMP snooping is
also supported for further optimization. When IGMP snooping is enabled, the
member joining and leaving activities are monitored by the ONT at the Ethernet
service port, then selectively delivered the multicast streams.
This ONT provides the following functions:
• fully G.984 series GPON standard compliant
• IGMP snooping
and provisioning


• multiple T-CONTs per device
• multiple GEM ports per device
• mapping of GEM ports into T-CONT with priority queues based scheduling
• compliant with ITU-T G.984.2 Amd1, Class B+
• virtual switch based on 802.1p mapping
• RSSI support
12.3 I-110G-P software and installation feature support
Table 12-2 provides a list of hardware and software-based features for the I-110G-P
indoor ONT.
Table 12-2 I-110G-P ONT software feature support
Features Chapter Cross reference for more information (Update)
Service interface ONT and MDU general and interface POTS interface specifications
specifications technical specifications Ethernet interface specifications

RSSI specifications — —
Wi-Fi specification — —
Location and installation How to install and replace an I-110G-P Install an I-110G-P indoor ONT
options indoor ONT Replace an I-110G-P indoor ONT
ONT at a local site an HTTP interface,
CLI interface, or butt set.
Statistics and performance ONT and MDU statistics and Performance monitoring statistics for Package C
configuration deployment configuration overview compatibility support

12.4 I-110G-P interfaces and interface capacity
Table 12-3 describes the supported interfaces and interface capacity for I-110G-P
indoor ONTs.
Table 12-3 I-110G-P indoor ONT interface connection capacity

and model
100/ 100/ video craft SC/APC
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
I-110G-P 1 — 1 — — — — — 1
I-110G-P connections and components

Figure 12-1 shows the physical connections for I-110G-P indoor ONTs.
Figure 12-1 Physical connections on I-110G-P indoor ONTs
POWER
ETHERN GPON
UPDATE ET
POTS
GE3
GE4
PWR
Ethernet (GE)
port RJ-45
POTS Power SC/APC
port RJ-11 connector connector
21546
Figure 12-2 shows the SC/APC physical connector for I-120G-P indoor ONTs. The
I-110G-P indoor ONTs are exactly the same, except that there is only one Ethernet
RJ-45 port connection.

Figure 12-2 I-110G-P indoor ONT SC/APC connection
POWER
ETHERN GPON
UPDATE ET
POTS
GE3
GE4
PWR
SC/APC
connector
20706
Table 12-4 describes the physical connections for I-110G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 12-4 I-110G-P indoor ONT connections
Connection (1) Description
POTS This connection is provided through a RJ-11 port. One POTS connection
is supported.The POTS port supports voice services.
Ethernet port This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. One
Ethernet connection is supported. The Ethernet port supports both
data and in-band video services.
Power This connection is provided through a power cable with a barrel

connector.
Fiber optic port This connection is provided through a SC/APC fiber optic connector.
The fiber optic connector is located behind a fiber optic port cover on
the ONT.
Note
(1) The primary path for the earth ground for these ONTs is provided by the 12V Return signal in the
power connector.
12.5 I-110G-P LEDs
Figure 12-3 shows the I-110G-P indoor ONT LEDs.

Figure 12-3 I-110G-P indoor ONT LEDs
POWER
GPON
POWER
ETHERN GPON
UPDATE ET
POTS
ETHERNET
UPDATE
POTS
GE3
GE4
PWR
21547
Table 12-5 provides I-110G-P indoor ONT LED descriptions.
Table 12-5 I-110G-P indoor ONT LEDs
POWER Off No power

Red solid POST failure, device malfunction, or hardware error
GPON Off Equipment failure or not ranged or synchronized

Green solid PON in-service, ranged, and communicating to ONT
Signal detected, ONT in ranging and synchronization process
Green flashing
ETHERNET Off No LAN provisioned or no Ethernet connection

UPDATE Off ONT working normally

Green solid Local access enabled
Red ONT software download failed
POTS Off All POTS on-hook

Green solid Minimum of one POTS is off-hook
Green flashing Minimum of one POTS is off-hook for minimum duration of one
hour
12.6 I-110G-P detailed specifications
Table 12-6 lists the physical specifications for I-110G-P indoor ONTs.

Table 12-6 I-110G-P indoor ONT physical specifications
Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] Contact your Alcatel-Lucent technical support
Table 12-7 lists the power consumption specifications for I-110G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 12-7 I-110G-P indoor ONT power consumption specifications

(Not to exceed)
I-110G-P 7W 1 POTS off-hook, 2 Gig-E 4.5 W 1 POTS on-hook, other

operational interfaces/services not
provisioned
Table 12-8 lists the environmental specifications for I-110G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 12-8 I-110G-P indoor ONT environmental specifications

mounted 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) above mean sea level

12.7 I-110G-P GEM ports and T-CONTs
Table 12-9 lists the maximum number of supported T-CONTs and GEM ports. Not
devices.
Table 12-9 I-110G-P indoor ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and release
ONT or MDU Release (1) Maximum Notes
Package C ONTs
(1 of 2)

debugging

debugging
R04.06.45x, R04.00.4x, R04.02.0x, 30
R04.02.40x, R04.02.41x
R04.02.42x 30

R04.06.3x, R04.06.43, R04.07.40, 6
R04.07.45


(2 of 2)
Note
12.8 I-110G-P power support
An Alcatel-Lucent approved ac/dc power supply is required. Contact your

Alcatel-Lucent technical support representative for more information about ordering
a power supply.
12.9 I-110G-P functional blocks
Table 12-10 describes the supported interfaces for I-110G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 12-10 I-110G-P indoor ONT interfaces

ports ports
Single-residence Gigabit 1 1 — — — — —
Ethernet ONTs with POTS
and with or without RF video
(I-110G-P indoor ONTs)
The single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONT with POTS and with or without RF
video ports transmit Ethernet packets to one RJ-45 Ethernet port and voice traffic to
one RJ-11 POTS port. This ONT also features fiber optic and power connectors, as
well as a reset button.

Figure 12-4 shows the functional blocks for I-110G-P ONTs with one Gigabit
Ethernet port and one POTS port. For those ONTs without an F-type coaxial
connector, a plastic cover exists.
Figure 12-4 Single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONT with POTS and with or without RF
video (diplexer)
POTS (4/2/1) RJ-11

GPON Optical
block SOC
Ethernet (4/2) RJ-45
RF Video Diplexer F-type connector

Amp
21051
ONT SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for the I-110G-P ONTs; see
Figure 12-5.
Figure 12-5 I-110G-P ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
SoC Bridge
Ethernet GPON
MACs MAC
Ethernet ports GPON

19421


• GPON MAC
• Ethernet MAC
CODEC/SLIC devices.
Ethernet services.
• SoC bridge
12.10 I-110G-P standards compliance
The I-110G-P indoor ONT is compliant with the following standards:

• 802.3 support for 10/100/1000 Base-T ports
• G.983.3 support for dynamic bandwidth reporting (Piggyback DBRu: Mode 0)
and provisioning
• G.984.5 Blocking Filter as an option
• laser compliant to FCC 47 CFR Part 15, Class B, and FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and
1040.11, Class I, ONT support Class C or Class C+ optics as an option
12.11 I-110G-P special considerations


I-110G-P ONT considerations and limitations

Table 12-11 lists the considerations and limitations for I-110G-P ONTs.
Table 12-11 I-110G-P ONT considerations and limitations

a mismatch alarm
IPoE-based VLANs
to that GEM port


NTP 115 — Install an I-110G-P indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install I-110G-P indoor ONTs.
General
The steps listed in this NTP describe installing and cabling for I-110G-P indoor ONTs and
connection to a power converter.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommended tools
You may need the following tools for the installation:


Safety information
Read the following safety information before installing the ONT.
Danger — Observe the local and national laws and regulations that

should be used when connecting or removing the cables to or from the
ONT.
Caution — Keep ONTs out of direct sunlight. Prolonged exposure to

direct sunlight can damage the unit.
• The ONT should be installed in accordance with the applicable

requirements of the NEC or CEC. Local authorities and practices take
precedent when there is conflict between the local standard and the
NEC or CEC.
• The ONT must be installed by qualified personnel.
• See I-110G-P detailed specifications in the unit data sheet for the
temperature ranges for this ONT.
Procedure
Use this procedure to install I-110G-P indoor ONTs.
1 Prepare the cables at the site where the ONT will be installed (DLP 100). Also,
locate the power source where the power converter will be installed.
4 Place the I-110G-P indoor ONT:
5 Review the connection locations shown in Figures NTP 115-1.

POWER
ETHERN GPON
UPDATE ET
POTS
GE3
GE4
PWR
Ethernet (GE)
port RJ-45
POTS Power SC/APC
21546
6 Connect the POTS cables to the RJ-11 ports (DLP 116).
7 Connect the Ethernet cable to the RJ-45 port (DLP 101).


12 V dc, 1.25 A.


NTP 116 — Replace an I-110G-P indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace I-110G-P indoor ONTs.
General
The steps listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for replacement of the
I-110G-P indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools


Safety information
Danger — Observe the local and national laws and regulations that

should be used when connecting or removing the cables to or from the
ONT.
Caution — Keep ONTs out of direct sunlight. Prolonged exposure to

direct sunlight can damage the unit.

precedent when there is conflict between the local standard and the
NEC or CEC.
• The ONT must be installed by qualified personnel.
Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an I-110G-P indoor ONT.
1 Deactivate the ONT services (DLP 124).
If you are using the SLID feature, this step is not required. The ONT and the
services can remain in service (IS).
2 Disconnect the POTS, Ethernet, fiber optic, and power cables from the ONT
(DLP 125). For the location of the ports on the ONT; see Figure NTP 116-1.

POWER
ETHERN GPON
UPDATE ET
POTS
GE3
GE4
PWR
Ethernet (GE)
port RJ-45
POTS Power SC/APC
21546
ONT; go to step 5.
b On a wall.
i Slide the old ONT off of the mounting screws until the ONT is free of the
wall.

for an I-110G-P indoor ONT (DLP 115).
adapters.


12 V dc, 1.25 A.

changes need to be made at the P-OLT; see the appropriate P-OLT
Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide for more details.
10 Verify the ONT LEDs and voltage status (DLP 120).

General
software configuration procedure for the I-110G-P ONT.
an ONT interface.


I-220E-A
13 — I-220E-A unit data sheet
NTP 118 — Install an I-220E-A indoor ONT
NTP 119 — Replace an I-220E-A indoor ONT
NTP 120 — Configure an I-220E-A indoor ONT

13.1 I-220E-A part numbers and identification 13-2
13.2 I-220E-A general description 13-2
13.3 I-220E-A software and installation feature support 13-3
13.4 I-220E-A interfaces and interface capacity 13-3
13.5 I-220E-A ONT LEDs 13-6
13.6 I-220E-A detailed specifications 13-8
13.7 I-220E-A GEM ports and T-CONTs 13-9
13.8 I-220E-A power support 13-9
13.9 I-220E-A functional blocks 13-9
13.10 I-220E-A standards compliance 13-12
13.11 I-220E-A special considerations 13-12

13.1 I-220E-A part numbers and identification
Table 13-1 provides identification information about I-220E-A indoor ONTs.
Table 13-1 I-220E-A part numbers and identification
Part number Mnemonic (1) Description CLEI CPR ECI/Bar

code
3FE 50754 AB I-220E-A GPON I-series ONT, version A, asymmetric, BVM3M00CRA 209113 449281
2 POTS, 2 Ethernet. The AF variant provides
3FE 50754 AE a customer-specific logo on the enclosure. BVM4R10DRA 210860 453971
3FE 50754 AF — — —
1AF 01226 AK — The AC/DC power converter converts 120 V — — —
ac to 12 V dc and installs inside the
customer residence. An Alcatel-Lucent
approved power cable is required.
1AB 07676 — Cable, AS 3112 plug to IEC 60320 C13 — — —

0009 (1) connector, 3-conductor, 10 A, 250 V ac,
1.78 m, black (Australia/China)
Note
(1) See Chapter 2 Part numbers, ordering, and deployment configuration overview for product identification information.
13.2 I-220E-A general description
The I-220E-A indoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the network. The
ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user interfaces that directly
connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible with all existing subscriber
equipment, including analog phones with both tone and rotary dial capabilities,
cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and
Type III).
The I-220E-A indoor ONT provides the following functions:
• voice interworking function from the analog POTS lines to the VoIP/Ethernet
layers
• interworking functions between the PON optical overlay and the RF video
interface
and provisioning

13.3 I-220E-A software and installation feature support

supported by I-220E-A indoor ONTs.
Table 13-2 I-220E-A ONT software feature support
Features Chapter Cross reference for more information
General ONT and MDU ONT and MDU overview ONT and MDU general descriptions of features and
overview functions
specifications technical specifications POTS interface specifications
• Coaxial connectivity in the home and design
guidelines
• 14 dBmV RF video receivers

Location and installation How to install and replace an I-220E-A Install an I-220E-A indoor ONT
options indoor ONT Replace an I-220E-A indoor ONT
interface, CLI interface, CLI interface
or butt set.
13.4 I-220E-A interfaces and interface capacity
Table 13-3 describes the supported interfaces and interface capacity for I-220E-A
ONTs.

Table 13-3 I-220E-A ONT interface connection capacity

and model
POTS 10/ 10/ RF MoCA VDSL2 DS1/E1 Local GPON
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
I-220E-A 2 2 — — — — — — 1
I-220E-A connections and components

The I-220E-A ONTs are for indoor deployment and can be installed vertically,
horizontally, or attached to a wall. There is a removable fiber access enclosure that
covers an SC/APC connector and fiber splice tray. Connections to the RJ-45, and
RJ-11 connectors are on the backside of the ONT.
Figure 13-1 shows the physical connections for I-220E-A indoor ONTs. I-221E-A
and I-220E-A use the same enclosure but each support different connections. A
plastic plug covers the unavailable connector on the I-220E-A ONT.
Figure 13-1 I-220E-A indoor ONT connections
Ethernet ports
RF TV
IP TV
RJ-11 phone
connectors
VOICE
DATA
MGMT
PON
EOPT
MO
DE
LIN
K
2 MO
DE
LIN
1 K
Fiber optic port
Power connection
21541
Figure 13-2 shows the fiber storage tray and internal SC/APC connector.

Figure 13-2 Fiber storage tray and internal SC/APC connector
Buffer tube
cable tie
Fiber
Buffer tube
storage
cable ties
tray
SC/APC
connection
Fiber
cable tie
Cable tie
Buffer tube routing
flanges Fiber cable
buffer tube Fiber cable Fiber routing flange
outer jacket
No1009
Table 13-4 describes the I-220E-A indoor ONT physical connections.
Table 13-4 I-220E-A indoor ONT connections
POTS connections This connection is provided through an RJ-11 phone connector.
Ethernet ports This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to four
Ethernet connections are supported.The Ethernet port can support both
data and in-band video services on all four interfaces. (1)
Power This connection is provided through a cable to the ac/dc power converter.
Note
(1) Both Ethernet ports support IPTV but only one of the two ports can be configured for IPTV support
at any one time.

13.5 I-220E-A ONT LEDs
Figure 13-3 shows the I-220E-A indoor ONT LEDs.
Figure 13-3 I-220E-A indoor ONT LEDs
No1007
Table 13-5 lists I-220E-A indoor ONT LEDs.
Table 13-5 I-220E-A indoor ONT LEDs
EQPT Off Not powered

Green solid Power available and battery is good
Green flashing Starting up
Red solid ONT equipment failure
Amber solid Battery alarm
(1 of 2)

PON Off Not powered

Green solid PON is in service, ranged, and communicating to the ONT
Green flashing Ranging
Red solid Loss of physical layer, startup failure, or link mismatch
Red flashing ONT disabled
Amber solid BIP errors detected
MGMT Off Not established

Green solid OMCI established
Red solid ONT alarms present
Amber solid EMEA alarm present
Green flashing ONT disabled
Data x Off Not provisioned

Green solid Service provisioned
Green flashing ONT Tx/Rx WAN (PON)
Red solid ONT blocked and waiting for 802.1x authentication
IP_TV Off Not provisioned

Green solid Joined at least 1 stream
Green flashing Receiving multicast IP video streams
RF_TV Off Not provisioned

(1) Green solid Provisioned and operating normally
Red solid Provisioned but NOK (for example, low signal)
When device is not connected to the PON and the Voice LED is configured using a country-specific XML file
Voice (2) Off No SLID activity

Red VoIP alarm
Green flashing periodic 1 s on, 1 s off indicates SLID input mode and service is not provisioned The
Green flashing patterned ONT is in SLID output mode and service is not provisioned
When device is not connected to the PON and the Voice LED is not configured using a country-specific XML file
Voice (2) Off No SLID service provisioned

Red VoIP alarm
Green solid No SLID service provisioned or registered, all lines on-hook
Green flashing periodic 1 s on, 1 s off indicates SLID input mode or no SLID activity
Green flashing patterned The ONT is in SLID output mode and service not provisioned
When device is connected to the PON and the Voice LED is configured using a country-specific XML file
Voice Red VoIP alarm

Green solid Phone is on-hook; registered and provisioned
Green flashing periodic 1 s on, 1 s off SIP provisioned and registered; phone off-hook or dialing
Off Lines are on-hook, service not provisioned, or service is provisioned but not
yet registered with the voice softswitch
When device is connected to the PON and the Voice LED is not configured using a country-specific XML file
Voice Green flashing periodic 1 s on, 1 s at least one phone is off-hook or dialing
Green solid All lines on-hook; registered and provisioned
Red VoIP alarm
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) The RF TV LED is only functional for RF video-equipped ONTs.
(2) See SLID and LED behavior for a description of SLID output mode LEDs.

Table 13-6 lists the RJ-45 LEDs on I-220E-A indoor ONTs.
Table 13-6 I-220E-A indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs
Indicator LED color and LED behavior description

behavior


13.6 I-220E-A detailed specifications
Table 13-7 lists the physical specifications for I-220E-A indoor ONTs.
Table 13-7 I-220E-A indoor ONT physical specifications
Width 9.0 in. (22.86 cm)
Depth (excluding fiber storage tray) 2.1 in. (5.33 cm)

Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 4.0 lb (1.81 kg)
Table 13-8 lists the power consumption specifications for I-220E-A indoor ONTs.
Table 13-8 I-220E-A indoor ONT power consumption specifications
Mnemonic Maximum Condition Minimum Condition

power (Not to power
exceed)
I-220E-A 6.75 W 2 POTS off-hook, 2 4.5 W 2 POTS on-hook, other

Ethernet operational interfaces/services not
provisioned
Table 13-9 lists the environmental specifications for I-220E-A indoor ONTs.
Table 13-9 I-220E-A indoor ONT environmental specifications
Indoor 10/100BASE-T Ethernet ONTs (I-220E-A)
(1 of 2)

Desk or wall Operating: Maximum operating altitude 10 000 ft (3048 m)

mounted 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) ambient above sea level
temperature
Storage: Maximum non-operating altitude is 40 000 ft (12

–40°F to 158°F (–40°C to 70°C) 192 m) above mean sea level
5% to 95% relative humidly, non-condensing
(2 of 2)
13.7 I-220E-A GEM ports and T-CONTs
devices.
Table 13-10 I-220E-A indoor ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and release
Package A ONTs
debugging

13.8 I-220E-A power support
The following power supply supports the I-220E-A indoor ONT. Click on the link
for more information.
13.9 I-220E-A functional blocks
Table 13-11 describes the supported interfaces for I-220E-A indoor ONTs.

Table 13-11 I-220E-A indoor ONT interfaces
POTS Ethernet RF video POTS/ VDSL2 / DS1/E1

ports ports connectors 10/100/1000
BASE-T
Ethernet
connectors
Single-residence indoor 2 2 0 0 0
ONTs (I-220E-A)
equipment. The voice subsystem supports RJ-11 ports, and the data and IP video
subsystems support RJ-45 ports. The ONT connects to the GPON using a optical
connector.
Power
Converter
POTS (4) RJ-11

GPON Diplexer SOC
Ethernet (2) RJ-45
18783
ONT SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for the I-220E-A indoor
ONTs; see Figure 13-5.

Figure 13-5 I-220E-A ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
SoC Bridge
Ethernet GPON
MACs MAC
Ethernet ports GPON

19421

• GPON MAC
• Ethernet MAC
CODEC/SLIC devices.
Ethernet services.
• SoC bridge
functionality require additional hardware support.

13.10 I-220E-A standards compliance
The I-220E-A indoor ONT is compliant with the following standards:

provisioning
• G.984.3 support for Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation (DBA)
• G.984.3 support for Forward Error Correction (FEC) in both upstream and
downstream directions
and provisioning
13.11 I-220E-A special considerations
FEC is not supported on I-220E-A indoor ONTs.

I-220E-A ONT considerations and limitations

Table 13-12 lists the considerations and limitations for I-220E-A indoor ONTs.
Table 13-12 I-220E-A ONT considerations and limitations

a mismatch alarm
IPoE-based VLANs
to that GEM port
(1 of 2)

(2 of 2)


NTP 118 — Install an I-220E-A indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an I-220E-A indoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe the steps to install an I-220E-A indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• 1/4 in. (6 mm) flat blade screwdriver
• wire strippers
• wall mounting template

Safety information
Danger 1 — Always contact the local utility company before you

connect the enclosure to the utilities.



• The indoor ONT must be installed by qualified service personnel
only.
Procedure
Use this procedure to install an I-220E-A indoor ONT.
2 Review the connection locations shown in Figure NTP 118-1.

Figure NTP 118-1: I-220E-A indoor ONT connections
Ethernet ports
RF TV
IP TV
RJ-11 phone
connectors
VOICE
DATA
MGMT
PON
EOPT
MO
DE
LIN
K
2 MO
DE
LIN
1 K
Fiber optic port
Power connection
21541
3 Install the AC power converter and connect the power cable to the ONT (DLP 105).
4 Connect the Ethernet, and POTS cables (DLP 101, DLP 116).
6 Mount the indoor ONT and connect the fiber optic cables (DLP 128).
7 Verify the ONT LEDs (DLP 120).


NTP 119 — Replace an I-220E-A indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace an I-220E-A indoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the I-220E-A indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information




Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an I-220E-A indoor ONT.
2 At the subscriber site, locate the indoor ONT and disconnect the power, phone,
Ethernet and fiber optic cables; see Figure NTP 119-1.

Figure NTP 119-1: I-220E-A indoor ONT connections
Ethernet ports
RF TV
IP TV
RJ-11 phone
connectors
VOICE
DATA
MGMT
PON
EOPT
MO
DE
LIN
K
2 MO
DE
LIN
1 K
Fiber optic port
Power connection
21541
3 Replace the indoor ONT with a new unit (DLP 142).
4 Reattach and connect the power cable to the ONT (DLP 105).
5 Reconnect the Ethernet and POTS connections (DLP 101, DLP 116).
changes need to be made at the P-OLT.
7 Remove the empty plastic fiber storage tray from the new indoor ONT by lifting it
up until it snaps free from the electronics enclosure. You can discard the storage
tray or keep it as a spare.
8 Replace the full fiber storage tray by snapping it on the enclosure. Route the fiber
cable and attach it with cable ties, as shown in Figure

Figure NTP 119-2: Indoor ONT fiber optic cable routing
Buffer tube
cable tie
Fiber
Buffer tube
storage
cable ties
tray
SC/APC
connection
Fiber
cable tie
Cable tie
Buffer tube routing
flanges Fiber cable
buffer tube Fiber cable Fiber routing flange
outer jacket
No1009
9 Remove the SC/APC adapter and pigtail connector dust plug and attach the fiber
pigtail to the SC/APC connector.
adapters.
11 Route the pigtail using the fiber-bend, radius-limiting features built into the
indoor ONT housing.

12 Connect the fiber optic cable to the fiber optic port shown in Figure NTP 119-1
(DLP 128).



NTP 120 — Configure an I-220E-A indoor
ONT
General
software configuration procedure for I-220E-A indoor ONTs.
an ONT interface.

NTP 120 — Configure an I-220E-A indoor ONT

I-241G-A
14 — I-241G-A unit data sheet
NTP 121 — Install an I-241G-A indoor ONT
NTP 122 — Replace an I-241G-A indoor ONT
NTP 123 — Configure an I-241G-A indoor ONT

14.1 I-241G-A part numbers and identification 14-2
14.2 I-241G-A general description 14-2
14.3 I-241G-A software and installation feature support 14-2
14.4 I-241G-A interfaces and interface capacity 14-3
14.5 I-241G-A ONT LEDs 14-4
14.6 I-241G-A detailed specifications 14-6
14.7 I-241G-A GEM ports and T-CONTs 14-8
14.8 I-241G-A power support 14-8
14.9 I-241G-A functional blocks 14-8
14.10 I-241G-A standards compliance 14-11
14.11 I-241G-A special considerations 14-11

14.1 I-241G-A part numbers and identification
Table 14-1 provides identification information about I-241G-A indoor ONTs.
Table 14-1 I-241G-A part numbers and identification

code
3FE 60344 AA I-241G-A I-241G-A GPON I-series ONT, version A, — — —

asymmetric, 2 POTS, 4 Ethernet
10/100/1000Base-T, and 1 RF video
Note
(1) See Chapter 2 Part numbers, ordering, and deployment configuration overview for product identification information.
14.2 I-241G-A general description
The I-241G-A indoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the network. The
ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user interfaces that directly
Type III).
The I-241G-A indoor ONT provides the following functions:
• FSAN GPON standards compliant
• Network management support
• IP video with multistage IGMPv3 (RFC 3376) or IGMPv2 (RFC 2236) for
channel change
• network demarcation for all services in an open business model
layers
interface
and provisioning
14.3 I-241G-A software and installation feature support

supported by I-241G-A indoor ONTs.

Table 14-2 I-241G-A ONT software feature support
overview functions
RF video interface specifications for video overlay
guidelines

Location and installation How to install and replace an I-241G-A Install an I-241G-A indoor ONT
options indoor ONT Replace an I-241G-A indoor ONT
or butt set.
14.4 I-241G-A interfaces and interface capacity
Table 14-3 describes the supported interfaces and interface capacity for I-241G-A
ONTs.
Table 14-3 I-241G-A ONT interface connection capacity

and model
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
I-241G-A 2 — 4 1 — — — — 1

I-241G-A connections and components

The I-241G-A ONTs are for indoor deployment and can be installed vertically or
horizontally. Connections to the SC/APC, RJ-45, RJ-11, and coaxial connectors are
on the outside of the ONT.
Figure 14-1 shows the physical connections for I-241G-A indoor ONTs.
Figure 14-1 I-241G-A indoor ONT connections
2 1 1 2 3 4 PON
Video coaxial RJ-11 phone Ethernet Fiber optic Power

connector connectors ports port connection
19397
Table 14-4 describes the I-241G-A indoor ONT physical connections.
Table 14-4 I-241G-A indoor ONT connections
POTS connections This connection is provided through an RJ-11 phone connector.
RF video coaxial This connection is provided through a coaxial cable.

connector (Type F)
Ethernet ports This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to four
Ethernet connections are supported.The Ethernet port can support both
data and in-band video services on all four interfaces.
Power This connection is provided through a cable to the ac/dc power converter.
14.5 I-241G-A ONT LEDs
Figure 14-2 shows the I-241G-A indoor ONT LEDs.

Figure 14-2 I-241G-A indoor ONT LEDs
VOICE
MGMT
VIDEO
NTWK
DATA4
DATA1
DATA3
DATA2
PWR
FAIL
PWR FAIL Video DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 DATA4 NTWK MGMT VOICE
19398
Table 14-5 lists I-241G-A indoor ONT LEDs
Table 14-5 I-241G-A indoor ONT LEDs
PWR Off Not powered

Green solid 3.3 V dc power is available
FAIL Off Equipment is 100% operational

Red solid Equipment failure or ONT not ranged/synchronized
RF TV(1) Off Video signal is not provisioned, or is above the acceptable level
Red solid Video signal is provisioned and below acceptable level
DATA1 Off Ethernet 0 link failure




NTWK Off 1490 nm data path is unavailable

Green solid 1490 nm data path is available
MGMT Off No communication between P-OLT and the ONT

Green solid Full communication between P-OLT and the ONT
Green flashing ONT is disabled
When device is not connected to the PON
(1 of 2)

VOICE (2) Off No SLID activity and all phones on-hook

Green flashing periodic SLID input mode
Green flashing patterned Provisioned SLID in SLID output mode
When device is connected to the PON
VOICE Off All phones are on-hook, POTS is not provisioned, or no phones connected
Green solid Any customer is off-hook
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) The RF TV LED is only functional for RF video-equipped ONTs.
(2) See SLID and LED behaviorfor a description of SLID output mode LEDs.
Table 14-6 lists the RJ-45 LEDs on I-241G-A indoor ONTs.
Table 14-6 I-241G-A indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs
Indicator (1) LED color and LED behavior description

behavior


Note
(1) LINK and MODE LEDs are reversed on the I-240G-A and I-241G-A
14.6 I-241G-A detailed specifications
Table 14-7 lists the physical specifications for I-241G-A indoor ONTs.
Table 14-7 I-241G-A indoor ONT physical specifications
Width 5.6 in. (14.3 cm)
Height without cable tray 1.3 in. (3.3 cm)
Height with cable tray 1.9 in. (4.8 cm)
Weight without cable tray [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 1.25 lb (0.57 kg)
kg)]
Weight with cable tray [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 1.41 lb (0.64 kg)
kg)]

Table 14-8lists the power consumption specifications for I-241G-A indoor ONTs.
Table 14-8 I-241G-A indoor ONT power consumption specifications

power (Not to power
exceed)
I-241G-A 13 W 2 POTS off-hook, 4 6.5 W 2 POTS on-hook, other

Gig-E, Video operational interfaces/services not
provisioned
Table 14-9 lists the environmental specifications for I-241G-A indoor ONTs.
Table 14-9 I-241G-A indoor ONT environmental specifications
Indoor 10/100/1000Base-T Gigabit Ethernet ONTs (I-241G-A)
Desk or wall Operating: Maximum operating altitude is 10 000 ft

mounted 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) ambient (3048 m) above mean sea level
temperature
Maximum rate of temperature change is 32.9°F
(0.5°C) per hour
Storage: Maximum non-operating altitude is 40 000 ft (12
-13°F to 133°F (-25°C to 55°C) 192 m) above mean sea level
Table 14-10 lists RF video interface specifications for I-241G-A indoor ONTs.
Table 14-10 I-241G-A ONT RF video interface specifications
RF video features Channel mix 80 analog/33 Channel mix 40 analog/63 Channel mix 0 analog/135
digital (1) digital digital
RF output level +18 dBmV @ 450 MHz using a +18 dBmV @ 450 MHz using a +12 dBmV @ 450 MHz using a
per analog channel per analog channel per digital channel
measurement measurement measurement
RF slope correction (tilt) 2 dB from 50 to 870 MHz 2 dB from 50 to 870 MHz 2 dB from 88 to 870 MHz
Optical power range +1 to -6 dB +2 to -7 dB +1 to -9 dB
CNR 45 dB 46 dB —
CSO/CTB 53 dB 55 dB —
MER 32 dB 32 dB 32 dB
QAM signal-to-noise ratio 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB
Measurement assumptions
Channel load 80 analog and 33 digital 40 analog and 63 digital 0 analog and 135 digital
(1 of 2)

RF video features Channel mix 80 analog/33 Channel mix 40 analog/63 Channel mix 0 analog/135
digital (1) digital digital
Digital backoff QAM-256 6 dB 6 dB 6 dB
Digital backoff QAM-64 10 dB 10 dB 10 dB
PON input CNR 52 dB 52 dB 52 dB
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) It is the responsibility of the customer installation crew to ensure proper on-site layout of video distribution by verifying
that the output power at the end devices, such as the TV, VCR, and STB, is between 0 to 18 dBmV.
14.7 I-241G-A GEM ports and T-CONTs
devices.
Table 14-11 I-241G-A indoor ONTs capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and release
Package A ONTs

debugging
14.8 I-241G-A power support
The following power supply supports the I-241G-A indoor ONT. Click on the link
14.9 I-241G-A functional blocks
Table 14-12 describes the supported interfaces for I-241G-A indoor ONTs.

Table 14-12 I-241G-A indoor ONT interfaces

BASE-T
Ethernet
connectors
Single-residence indoor 2 4 1 0 0
ONTs (I-241G-A)
equipment. The voice subsystem supports RJ-11 ports, and the data and IP video
subsystems support RJ-45 ports. The ONT connects to the GPON using a optical
connector.
Power
Converter
POTS (4) RJ-11

GPON Diplexer SOC
Ethernet (2) RJ-45
18783
ONT SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for the I-241G-A indoor
ONTs; see Figure 14-4.

Figure 14-4 I-241G-A ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
SoC Bridge
Ethernet GPON
MACs MAC
Ethernet ports GPON

19421

• GPON MAC
• Ethernet MAC
CODEC/SLIC devices.
Ethernet services.
• SoC bridge

14.10 I-241G-A standards compliance
The I-241G-A indoor ONT is compliant with the following standards:

provisioning
• G.984.3 support for Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation (DBA)
• G.984.3 support for Advanced Encryption System (AES) with operator
enable/disable per port-ID level
• G.984.3 support for Forward Error Correction (FEC) in both upstream and
downstream directions
and provisioning
14.11 I-241G-A special considerations

I-241G-A ONT software considerations and limitations

Table 14-13 lists the software considerations and limitations for I-241G-A indoor
ONTs.
Table 14-13 I-241G-A indoor ONT software considerations and limitations

a mismatch alarm
IPoE-based VLANs
to that GEM port
(1 of 2)

(2 of 2)
In order to provide four GE ports on the I-241G-A indoor ONT, an Ethernet switch
has been added between the SoC and the Ethernet ports; See Figure 14-5. The
Ethernet switch provides the following features:
• IGMP packet replication for multicast channels
• internal VLAN tagging to direct traffic to appropriate ports and priority queues
Figure 14-5 Ethernet switch
Power
Converter
POTS RJ-11
GPON Triplexer SOC
Ethernet
switch RJ-45
Video amplifier F
19394
Note — The RF video amplifier is integrated with the triplexer. It is

shown split-out in Figure 14-5 to illustrate the functionality.
IGMP packet replication allows the I-241G-A to support IPTV on all four Ethernet
channels at the same time. Internal VLAN tagging allows traffic to be routed and
prioritized between the two Ethernet MACs on the SoC and the Ethernet switch and
the appropriate subscriber RJ-45 ports.
Downstream multicast traffic received on a user side C-VLAN tagged port will use
VLAN ID 4094 and have a P-bit value of 6.
The I-241G-A ONTs do not support downstream priority-tagged traffic on their
ONT UNIs. Priority-tagged frames are dropped. When an unstacked VLAN is
provisioned on the ONT UNI, downstream traffic that is single tagged is dropped.

The new Ethernet switch functional block and the additional Ethernet switch features
have modified certain VLAN tagging and priority queuing behaviors. The following
sections describe these modifications.
Note 1 — Due to certain Ethernet switch restrictions, the I-241G-A
provides up to 4 IP, 4 MAC, or 2 pairs of MAC/IP based anti-spoofing
(static only). MAC, IP, and MAC/IP anti-spoofing only works on both
IPoE packets.
Note 2 — Congestion may occur if Ethernet ports 1 and 2 or ports 3
and 4 are each set to 1000Base-T and are being used simultaneously.
See the ONT Customer Release Notes for this product for throughput
details.
I-241G-A ONT hardware limitations

Table 14-14 lists the hardware limitations for the I-241G-A indoor ONT when
Table 14-14 I-241G-A indoor ONT hardware limitations
Limitation Parameters(1) Service(s)
The I-241G-A ONT does not support downstream tagmode PON VLAN
priority-tagged frames on its UNIs. Priority-tagged frames
are dropped. proftype QoS
When configuring an unstacked PON VLAN, ensure that the unisidevlan HSI and
PON VLAN is configured in pass-through mode so that the LT Flow
does not set the S-VLAN ID to 0, or the corresponding ONT
UNI is configured in VLAN translation mode or VLAN
translation mode with EtherType classification. In the
latter case, the ONT translates the S-VLAN ID to the
UNI-side C-VLAN ID of the service or flow.
In the VLAN translation mode and the VLAN translation proftype QoS
mode with EtherType classification, I-241G-A ONTs cannot ONT UNI ports include
have a UNI C-VLAN ID of zero. When an upstream
priority-tagged frame is received on one of these ONTs, the • cvlandef
C-VLAN ID of zero is overwritten with the port-based (Ethernet port)
default C-VLAN ID. • cvlandef (VDSL2
port)
I-241G-A ONT must be enabled for port-to-port proftype QoS

communication to support the flexible mode. In this p2penable ONT
communication mode, a business service can only be
configured on port 1, and the service is replicated on the
other enabled ONT UNI ports.
The following are not supported: unisidevlan HSI

• both VLAN translation and VLAN pass-through on traffic
networksidevlan Flow
using the same p-bit across the same UNI
• VLAN translation when networksidevlan is 4096 and
unisidevlan is 0 to 4094. Upstream traffic is classified
and forwarded as pass-through traffic. Downstream
traffic is not translated to the unisidevlan setting.
(1 of 2)

Limitation Parameters(1) Service(s)
Downstream p-bit translation is not supported when the unisidevlan HSI

flow is configured for VLAN pass-through. In this case, the
following applies: networksidevlan Flow
• a flow with networksidevlan 4096 and unisidevlan 4096, pbitxlprofid
will pass downstream p-bits to the UNI unchanged
• a flow with networksidevlan and unisidevlan set to the pbitxlpofnm
same value (0 to 4094), will pass downstream p-bits to
the UNI changed to the highest p-bit value specified by
the PQ profile
When all of the following apply, the highest UNI-side p-bit

value defined in the p-bit translation profile is used:
• unisidevlan is 0 to 4094 and networksidevlan is 0 to
4094, or unisidevlan is 4096 and networksidevlan is
4096
• pbitxlprofid/nm is not 0
• p-bit translation is not defined for the downstream
p-bit in the p-bit translation profile
(2 of 2)
Note
VLAN tagging behavior

Before traffic can be routed to and from the I-241G-A ONT the following conditions
must be met:
• The CVLAN ID of any HSI service cannot be 0.
• Default P-bits must be configured on each Ethernet port.
This can be configured using the ENT-QOS-MARKPROF command. See the
appropriate P-OLT Operations and Maintenance Procedure Guide for more
information.
• When port-to-port communication is disabled, a default C-VLAN must be created
for each Ethernet port. The VLAN must be unique for Ethernet port 1 and 2 or 3
and 4 on the ONT. The C-VLAN packet received at the ONT must be the same
as the default C-VLAN or the packet is dropped. When port-to-port
communication is enabled, each of the four Ethernet ports must have an unique
C-VLAN. The default VLAN can be configured using the CVLANDEF
parameter.
• DSCP to 1P mapping rules are reduced from 64 to 8 with only the highest 3 bits
of the DSCP area used to determine P-bit value; see Table 14-15.
This can be configured using the ENT-PROFILE-DSCPBITMAP command. See
the appropriate P-OLT Operations and Maintenance Procedure Guide for more
information.
Table 14-15 Default DSCP to P-bit mapping
DSCP P-bit (1)
0 to 7 x
(1 of 2)

DSCP P-bit (1)
8 to 15 x
16 to 23 x
24 to 32 x
33 to 40 x
41 to 47 x
48 to 55 x
56 to 63 x
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) Where x is a number from 0 to 7.
All VLAN tagging behavior operates as described in the appropriate P-OLT system
documentation except as indicated in the following sections.
Upstream traffic handling (trusted and untrusted)

Table 14-16 describes upstream VLAN tagging and P-bit allocation from trusted and
untrusted traffic.
Table 14-16 Upstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior
Traffic source Traffic type Ethernet switch behavior
Untrusted Untagged packets Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.
P-bit tagged packets Default C-VLAN is added to the packets. P-bits are
overwritten.
P-bit and C-VLAN tagged Received C-VLAN and P-bits are overwritten.
packets
Trusted Untagged packets Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.If the
packets are IP, the DSCP to P-bits mapping is used. If the
packets are PPPoE, the default P-bits are used.
P-bit tagged packets Received P-bits are overwritten with default C-VLAN. P-bits
are unchanged.
P-bit and C-VLAN tagged Received C-VLAN must match default VLAN or the packet is
packets dropped. P-bits are unchanged.
Downstream traffic handling (strip tag and tag through)

Table 14-17 describes downstream VLAN tagging behavior for strip tag and tag
through modes.

Table 14-17 Downstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior
Traffic mode Traffic type Transmitted to ONT port as
Strip tag Untagged packets Untagged packet.
P-bit tagged packets Untagged packet.
C-VLAN tagged packets Untagged packet.
Tag through Untagged packets Untagged packet.
P-bit tagged packets Default C-VLAN is added and the

maximum number of P-bits will be
accepted.
C-VLAN tagged packets Default C-VLAN overwrites the received

C-VLAN and the maximum number of
P-bits will be accepted.
VLAN translation traffic handling

VLAN translation is a feature that allows that ONT to translate a C-VLAN into
another C-VLAN. A network (NW) C-VLAN is used when data is sent over the
GPON network, and a user network interface (UNI) side C-VLAN is used when data
is sent to customer equipment.
When using VLAN translation, the use the following configuration rules:
• Only a single UNI/NW C-VLAN pair is allowed per service.
• Overlapping P-bits can be used for difference services on UNI. However, in
VLAN pass-tru mode, the same P-bits as other services cannot be used on the
UNI. Overlapping P-bits are allowed only for non-default services.
Table 14-18 describes upstream VLAN tagging and P-bit allocation in VLAN
translation mode.
Table 14-18 Upstream VLAN translation mode
Traffic mode Traffic type Ethernet switch behavior
VLAN translation Untagged packets Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.If the
packets are IP, the DSCP to P-bits mapping is used. If the
packets are PPPoE, the default P-bits are used. The C-VLAN
and derived P-bits are now considered the UNI side C-VLAN.
Received UNI C-VLAN and P-bits must match NW C-VLAN
configure P-bits or the packet is dropped.
P-bit and C-VLAN tagged Received UNI C-VLAN and P-bits must match NW C-VLAN
packets configure P-bits or the packet is dropped.
Table 14-19 describes downstream VLAN tagging behavior for VLAN translation.

Table 14-19 Downstream VLAN translation behavior
Traffic mode Traffic type GPON behavior Ethernet switch behavior
VLAN translation Tagged packets Only accepts VLAN tagged The Ethernet switch converts
traffic that matches the the network VLAN ID to the
network VLAN ID configured user side VLAN ID and
using the ENT-SERVICE-HSI forwards the packet to the
TL1 command. All non appropriate port.
matching VLAN IDs are
dropped.
Only one service is allowed
per VLAN.
Ethertype classification and Ethertype with VLAN translation

Ethertype classification is used to classify traffic in the upstream direction based on
the Ethernet type (IPoE or PPPoE). Ethertype classification operates as normal
except that the received C-VLAN must match the default C-VLAN configured at the
ONT or the packet is dropped.
Ethertype classification may also be used in conjunction with VLAN translation. All
the considerations described in the VLAN translation section apply with the
additional that the received C-VLAN and Ethertype must match the default NW
C-VLAN an Ethertype or the packet is dropped.
See the appropriate P-OLT system Product Information Manual for more
information on Ethertype classification.


NTP 121 — Install an I-241G-A indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an I-241G-A indoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe the steps to install an I-241G-A indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information




• The indoor ONT must be installed by qualified service personnel
only.
Procedure
Use this procedure to install an I-241G-A indoor ONT.

Figure NTP 121-1: I-241G-A indoor ONT connections
2 1 1 2 3 4 PON

19397
feet; go to step 4.
b In the stand mount (3FE 60673 AA).
ii Slide the ONT into the opening on the stand mount, ensuring it is

Figure NTP 121-2: ONT in a stand mount
EQPT
PON
MGMT
Data 2
Data 1
19660
iii Go to step 4.
c In the wall mount bracket.
i Measure and drill two holes in the wall where the ONT will be mounted.
The holes should be the same distance apart as the holes on the wall
mounting bracket (83.3 mm apart, or 3.28 in).
ii Place mounting screws or bolts in the wall.
iii Lay the mounting bracket flat on a table.
iv Slide the ONT down over the mounting bracket until the fiber optic port
is directly in front of the fiber optic port cable lead, as shown in
Figure NTP 121-3.

Figure NTP 121-3: I-24x ONT with wall mounting bracket
PON
4
3
2
2 1 1 2 3 4 PON
19814
v Mount the ONT on the pre-installed screws or bolts in the bracket

mounting holes. Ensure the ONT is firmly held in place by the bracket
and is firmly secured to the wall.
4 Install the AC power converter and connect the power cable to the ONT (DLP 105).
5 Connect the Ethernet, POTS, and coaxial cables (DLP 101, DLP 116, and DLP 111).
7 Connect the fiber optic cable (DLP 118).
8 Verify the ONT LEDs (DLP 120).


NTP 122 — Replace an I-241G-A indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace an I-241G-A indoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the I-241G-A indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information




Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an I-241G-A indoor ONT.
2 At the subscriber site, locate the indoor ONT and disconnect the power, RF video,
phone, Ethernet and fiber optic cables; see Figure NTP 122-1.

Figure NTP 122-1: Indoor ONT connections
2 1 1 2 3 4 PON

19397
3 Replace the indoor ONT with a new unit.
4 Connect the power, RF video, phone, and Ethernet connections to the ONT
(DLP 101, DLP 105, DLP 111, and DLP 116).
5 Connect the power cable to the ac outlet.
adapters.
8 Make the fiber optic connection using the fiber optic port shown in
Figure NTP 122-1.



NTP 123 — Configure an I-241G-A indoor
ONT
General
software configuration procedure for I-241G-A indoor ONTs.
an ONT interface.

NTP 123 — Configure an I-241G-A indoor ONT

I-240G-B, I-241G-B
15 — I-240G-B and I-241G-B unit data sheet
NTP 124 — Install an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT
NTP 125 — Replace an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT
NTP 126 — Configure an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT

15.1 I-240G-B and I-241G-B part numbers and identification 15-2
15.2 I-240G-B and I-241G-B general description 15-2
15.3 I-240G-B and I-241G-B software and installation feature

support 15-3
15.4 I-240G-B and I-241G-B interfaces and interface capacity 15-4
15.5 I-240G-B and I-241G-B LEDs 15-5
15.6 I-240G-B and I-241G-B detailed specifications 15-6
15.7 I-240G-B and I-241G-B GEM ports and T-CONTs 15-7
15.8 I-240G-B and I-241G-B power support 15-8
15.9 I-240G-B and I-241G-B functional blocks 15-8
15.10 I-240G-B and I-241G-B standards compliance 15-9
15.11 I-240G-B and I-241G-B special considerations 15-9

15.1 I-240G-B and I-241G-B part numbers and identification
Table 15-1 provides identification information about I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor
ONTs.
Table 15-1 I-240G-B and I-241G-B part numbers and identification

code
3FE 51880 AB I-240G-B GPON I-series ONT unit, version B, 2 POTS — — —

and 4 Ethernet interfaces.
3FE 51880 AA I-241G-B GPON I-series ONT unit, version B, 2 — — —
POTS, 4 Ethernet, and 1 RF video
interfaces.
Note
(1) See Chapter 2 Part numbers, ordering, and deployment configuration overview for ordering information.
15.2 I-240G-B and I-241G-B general description
I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONTs provide a subscriber interface for the system.
The ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user interfaces that directly
Type III).
The I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONTs are not temperature hardened. These
ONTs are intended for indoor deployment only and can be installed vertically or
horizontally on a flat surface as well as attached to a wall.
These ONTs provide the following functions:
layers
and provisioning

Other features of I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONTs include:

• a removable fiber access tray for storing excess cable
• an ON/OFF power switch for manual shut down when needed
• a reset button located on the base of the ONT
Note — The maximum supported capacity for downstream data

traffic for the I-240G-B indoor ONT is 1 Gb/s. This supported
capacity is constant whether one or more Ethernet ports are used. If
you use one Ethernet port, the entire 1 Gb/s throughput travels on that
port, while, if you use two or more Ethernet ports, the 1 Gb/s capacity
is divided among the ports.
15.3 I-240G-B and I-241G-B software and installation feature

support
Table 15-2 provides a list of software-based features for I-240G-B and I-241G-B
indoor ONTs.
Table 15-2 I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT software feature support

overview functions
guidelines

Location and installation How to install, replace, and configure Install an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT
options an I-240G-B or I-241G-B ONT Replace an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT
HTTP management — ONT management using an ONT interface
Statistics and performance ONT and MDU statistics and Supported performance monitoring counters per
monitoring performance monitoring package type of ONT

15.4 I-240G-B and I-241G-B interfaces and interface capacity
Table 15-3 describes the supported interfaces for I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor
ONTs.
Table 15-3 I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT interfaces
POTS Ethernet VDSL2 MoCA RF Video

ports ports interfaces interface interface
Single-residence Gigabit 2 4 0 0 0/1

Ethernet ONTs with or without
POTS and RF video (I-240G-B
and I-241G-B indoor ONTs)
I-240G-B and I-241G-B connections and components

Figures 15-1 and 15-2 show the I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT physical
connections.
Figure 15-1 I-240G-B indoor ONT connections
Power connector
U
1
POTS1 POTS2 LAN1 LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 POWER
Fiber
S
B
optic
2
connector
Phone Ethernet On/off

connectors ports
(RJ-11) (RJ-45)
21342
Figure 15-2 I-241G-B indoor ONT connections
Power connector
U
1
Fiber
S
B
optic
2
TV connector
RF video Phone Ethernet On/off

coaxial connectors ports
connector (RJ-11) (RJ-45)
20429
Table 15-4 describes the I-240G-B indoor ONT physical connections.

Table 15-4 I-240G-B, and I-241G-B indoor ONT physical connections
POTS This connection is provided through RJ-11 ports.
Ethernet ports This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45 cables. Four
Ethernet connections are supported.The Ethernet ports can support
both data and in-band video services on all four interfaces.
Power This connection is provided through a power cable with a Molex

connector to the power connector.
Fiber optic This connection is provided through a SC/APC fiber optic cable and
connector.
I-241G-B indoor ONT only
RF video coaxial This connection is provided through a Type F coaxial connector.
15.5 I-240G-B and I-241G-B LEDs
Figure 15-3 shows the I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT LEDs.
Figure 15-3 I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT LEDs
V
ID
E
O
VV
OO
ICI
CE
E
L
A
N
4
L
A
N
3
L
A
N
2
L
A
N
A
L
A
R
M
W
A
P
N
O
W
E
R
20425
Table 15-5 lists and describes the I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT LEDs.

Table 15-5 I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT LEDs descriptions
Indicator LED color and LED behavior description

behavior
POWER Off No power

Green Operating on ac power
Red Operating on battery backup power
WAN Green PON is connected and operating properly

Green flashing Software downloading
Red PON not connected but ONT has power
Orange ONT ranged but OMCI not established
Orange flashing ONT is ranging

Red ONT operation failure (not ranged)
LAN 1 to 4 Off Not provisioned or no Ethernet connection

Green 10/100 link detected
Green flashing 10/100 link has data activity
Orange/Red flashing 1000 link has data activity
Orange 1000 link detected
VOICE Off No POTS provisioned (all phones are on-hook or no phones connected)
Green solid One or more phones is off-hook
I-241G-B indoor ONT only

VIDEO Off Normal operation
Red Service provisioned and optical power too low
Table 15-6 lists and describes the I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs.
Table 15-6 I-240G-B and I-241G-B Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs

MODE Off 10 and 100 Mb/s operation

15.6 I-240G-B and I-241G-B detailed specifications
Table 15-7 lists the physical specifications for I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor
ONTs.

Table 15-7 I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT physical specifications
Width 4 in. (10.2 cm)
Depth (excluding fiber storage tray) 1.3 in. (3.3 cm)
Table 15-8 lists power consumption specifications for I-240G-B and I-241G-B
indoor ONTs.
Table 15-8 I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT power consumption specifications

(not to exceed)
I-240G-B 7.75 W 2 POTS off-hook, 4 Gig-E 4.75 W 2 POTS on-hook, other

provisioned
I-241G-B 10 W 2 POTS off-hook, 4 Gig-E, 4.75 W 2 POTS on-hook, other

Video operational interfaces/services not
provisioned
Table 15-9 lists the environmental requirements for I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor
ONTs.
Table 15-9 I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONT environmental requirements
ONT type

Desk or wall Operating: Maximum operating altitude is
mounted 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) ambient temperature 10 000 ft (3048 m) above mean sea
level
Maximum rate of temperature change is 32.9°F (0.5°C)
per hour
Storage: Maximum non-operating altitude is

-13°F to 133°F (-25°C to 55°C) 40 000 ft (12 192 m) above mean sea
level
15.7 I-240G-B and I-241G-B GEM ports and T-CONTs
I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONTs. Not all ONTs will be supported in all of the
releases indicated the table. See the appropriate release Customer Release Notes for
the most accurate list of supported devices.

Table 15-10 I-240G-P and I-241G-B indoor ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and release
Package B ONTs

debugging

15.8 I-240G-B and I-241G-B power support
The following power supplies support the I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONTs.
Click on the link for more information.
• Delta DUPS-1215 UPS unit data sheet
15.9 I-240G-B and I-241G-B functional blocks
POTS and RF video ports may or may not be available in addition to Ethernet ports.
These ONTs transmit Ethernet packets to four RJ-45 Ethernet ports, and voice traffic
to two RJ-11 POTS ports and RF video traffic to one F-type coaxial connector. These
ONTs also feature fiber optic and power connectors.
Figure 15-4 shows the functional blocks for an indoor ONT with Gigabit Ethernet,
POTS, and coaxial ports. For those ONTs with less than the maximum number of
Gigabit Ethernet or POTS ports, the excess ports are blocked by a plastic cover.
Figure 15-4 Single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONT with POTS and RF video
POTS (2/1/0) RJ-11

GPON Optical
block SOC

Amp
20417

15.10 I-240G-B and I-241G-B standards compliance
I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONTs are compliant with the following standards:
• 802.1p mapper service profile on the upstream
• G.984 support for GPON interface (framing)
• G.984.3 support for activation with automatic discovery of a serial number and a
password
and provisioning
15.11 I-240G-B and I-241G-B special considerations
IGMP packet replication allows the I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONTs to support
IPTV on all four Ethernet channels at the same time.
On a user-side port in flexible mode, downstream multicast traffic will have the
UNI-side p-bit of the parameter DATAPRI configured for the IGMP signaling
channel, unless the DATAPRI value differs between ONT UNIs. In the latter case,
the downstream multicast traffic will retain the p-bit from the PON. On a user-side
port in non-flexible mode, such as translation mode, downstream multicast traffic
will retain the p-bit from the PON. The multicast VLAN ID may differ; see
Table 15-11 for tagging behavior.
Table 15-11 Multicast downstream VLAN tagging for I-240G-B and I-241G-B indoor ONTs
Port configuration (1) VLAN tagging of downstream multicast traffic

One port configured in flexible mode or VLAN translation Multicast traffic is tagged with UNI-side VLAN ID of
mode with a configured IGMP signaling channel IGMP-related service.
More than one port configured in flexible mode or VLAN If the IGMP-related services are configured with the same
translation mode each with a configured IGMP signaling UNI-side VLAN ID, then all multicast traffic is tagged with
channel the UNI-side VLAN ID of their service.
If the IGMP-related services are configured with different

UNI-side VLAN IDs, then all multicast traffic is tagged with
VLAN ID 4094.
More than one port configured in VLAN pass-through mode, The multicast traffic is tagged with VLAN ID 4094.
untrusted mode, EtherType/VLAN translation mode, or
EtherType classification mode with some ports in transmit
with tag and other ports in transmit without a tag, and each
port with a configured IGMP signaling channel
All other cases The multicast traffic retains the VLAN ID from the PON.
Note
(1) You can only have one IGMP signaling channel on a port.

Port-to-port mode must be enabled when using four-port Ethernet ONTs I-240G-B
and I-241G-B. When using port-to-port mode, you can only configure one Ethernet
port.


I-240G-B and I-241G-B ONT considerations and limitations

Table 15-12 I-240G-B and I-241G-B ONT considerations and limitations
When using multicast on multiple Ethernet ports, all Ethernet ports must have the same VLAN ID. If
the user-side VLAN IDs are all given the same VLAN ID, a common VLAN ID should result. If not, VLAN
4094 will be used
ONTs are not able to sufficiently buffer enough traffic between grants to support an EIR rate of
1Gb/s over multiple GEM ports. There are only 1.256 Gb/s buffers available in the SoC chip. The
buffers are divided among the number of configured GEM ports. Reducing the number of GEM ports
configured results in increased upstream buffering and higher upstream traffic rates.
Packets of less than 64 bytes are increased to 100 bytes in size with padding under the following
conditions:
• in a downstream direction
• in an upstream direction only if the ONT has more than 2 Ethernet ports
ONTs that use pre R04.00.10 software may not range if the distance from the LT card is less than 1km
The default optical thresholds for these ONTs are as follows:

• Low optical threshold: -27.00 dBm
• High optical threshold: -8.00 dBm

NTP 124 — Install an I-240G-B or
I-241G-B indoor ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the I-240G-B and I-241G-B
indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers
• Fair-Rite 0431164281 (1AB 09397 0031) ferrite core shipped with the ONT

Safety information

instructions.
Warning 1 — This equipment is ESD sensitive. Proper ESD protections

Warning 2 — Installation of the supplied ferrite on the Ethernet cable

is required for EMC compliance. Failure to install the supplied ferrite
core may cause interference with TV or radio reception. Alcatel-Lucent
is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by
using other than the supplied ferrite core or by unauthorized changes or
modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications
could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.


• See I-240G-B and I-241G-B detailed specifications in the I-240G-B
and I-241G-B unit data sheet for the temperature ranges for ONTs.

Procedure
Use this procedure to install an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT.
Figure NTP 124-1: I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT on a desk
V
ID
E
O
V
O
IC
E
L
A
N
4
L
A
N
3
L
A
N
2
L
A
N
1
A
L
A
R
M
W
A
P
N
O
W
E
R
20430
b In the stand mount.
ii Place the ONT into the opening on the stand mount, ensuring it is

Figure NTP 124-2: I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT in a stand mount
VI
DE
O
VO
I CE
LA
N
4
LA
N
3
LA
N
2
LA
N
1
AL
AR
M
W
AN
PO
W
ER
20431
iii Go to step 5.
c On a wall (DLP 115).
5 Review the connection locations shown in Figures NTP 124-3 and NTP 124-4.
Figure NTP 124-3: I-240G-B indoor ONT connections
Power connector
U
1
Fiber
S
B
optic
2
connector

connectors ports
(RJ-11) (RJ-45)
21342

Power connector
U
1
Fiber
S
B
optic
2
TV connector

20429
7 Connect the POTS cables (DLP 116).


12 V dc, 1.25 A.
10 Connect the power cable with an 8-pin Molex connector to the ONT unit.
11 Power up the ONT unit by using the ON/OFF power switch.


NTP 125 — Replace an I-240G-B or
I-241G-B indoor ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the I-240G-B or I-241G-B
indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers
• Fair-Rite 0431164281 (1AB 09397 0031) ferrite core shipped with the ONT

Safety information

instructions.

Warning 2 — Installation of the supplied ferrite on the Ethernet cable

is required for EMC compliance. Failure to install the supplied ferrite
core may cause interference with TV or radio reception. Alcatel-Lucent
is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by
using other than the supplied ferrite core or by unauthorized changes or
modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications
could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.


• See I-240G-B and I-241G-B detailed specifications in the I-240G-B
and I-241G-B unit data sheet for the temperature ranges for ONTs.
Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT.
2 Power down the ONT unit by using the ON/OFF power switch.

3 Disconnect the POTS, Ethernet, coaxial, and power cables from the ONT
(DLP 125); see Figures NTP 125-1 and NTP 125-2.
Power connector
U
1
Fiber
S
B
optic
2
connector

connectors ports
(RJ-11) (RJ-45)
21342
Power connector
U
1
Fiber
S
B
optic
2
TV connector

20429
4 Disconnect the SC/APC adaptor from the fiber optic connector on the ONT
(DLP 126); see Figures NTP 125-1 and NTP 125-2.
ONT; go to step 6.
b In a stand.
i Unsnap the old ONT from the channels built into the stand. Snap the
new ONT into channels built into the stand, ensuring it is securely held.
ii Place the replacement ONT with stand vertically on a flat surface; go to

step 6.
c On a wall.
ii Slide the wall mount keyholes on the ONT enclosure or fiber storage tray
of the replacement ONT down over the mounting screws until it is
securely seated.

6 Connect the Ethernet cables (DLP 101).
7 Connect the POTS cables (DLP 116).
adapters.


12 V dc, 1.25 A.
11 Connect the power cable with an 8-pin Molex connector to the ONT unit.
12 Power up the ONT unit by using the ON/OFF power switch.

NTP 126 — Configure an I-240G-B or
I-241G-B indoor ONT
General
software configuration procedure for an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT.
For HTTP configuration procedures, please refer to chapter 6, “ONT management using
an ONT interface”.

NTP 126 — Configure an I-240G-B or I-241G-B indoor ONT

I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P
16 — I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P unit data sheet
NTP 127 — Install an I-240G-P, I-24OG-Q, or I-241G-P indoor ONT
NTP 128 — Replace an I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, or I-241G-P indoor ONT
NTP 129 — Configure an I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, or I-241G-P ONT

16 — I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P unit
data sheet
16.1 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P part numbers and

identification 16-2
16.2 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P general description 16-3
16.3 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P software and installation

16.4 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P interfaces and interface

capacity 16-4
16.5 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P LEDs 16-6
16.6 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P detailed

specifications 16-10
16.7 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P GEM ports and

T-CONTs 16-11
16.8 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P power support 16-12
16.9 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P functional blocks 16-12
16.10 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P standards

compliance 16-15
16.11 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P special


16.1 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P part numbers and

identification
Table 16-1 provides part numbers and identification information for I-240G-P,
I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 16-1 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P part numbers and identification
Mnemonic Ordering kit Provisioning Description CLEI CPR ECI/Bar

I-240G-P 3FE 52959 AC 3FE 53347 AD GPON I-series ONT, version P, 2 POTS and — — —
4 GigE Ethernet interfaces. Includes
ac/dc power cord with European variant
plug.
3FE 52959 AN GPON I-series ONT, version P, 2 POTS, — — —

and 4 GigE Ethernet interfaces. Includes
ac/dc power cord with Australian variant
plug.
3FE 52959 AP GPON I-series ONT, version P, 2 POTS and — — —

4 GigE Ethernet interfaces.Includes
ac/dc power cord with United Kingdom
variant plug.
3FE 52959 AX 3FE 53347 AE GPON I-series ONT, version P, 2 POTS and — — —
(customer- 4 GigE Ethernet interfaces.Includes
specific ac/dc power cord with United Kingdom
variant) variant plug.
3FE 53903 AA 3FE 53516 AQ GPON I-series ONT, version P, 2 POTS and — — —
(customer- 4 GigE Ethernet interfaces.Includes
specific ac/dc power cord with United Kingdom
I-241G-P 3FE 52959 AD 3FE 53347 AM GPON I-series ONT, version P, 2 POTS, 4 — — —
GigE Ethernet, and 1 RF video
interfaces.Includes ac/dc power cord
with European variant plug and fiber
storage tray.
3FE 52959 AS GPON I-series ONT, version P, 2 POTS, 4 — — —

with Australian variant plug and fiber
storage tray.
3FE 52959 AU GPON I-series ONT, version P, 2 POTS, 4 — — —

with United Kingdom variant plug and
fiber storage tray.
(1 of 2)


I-240G-Q 3FE 53821 AA 3FE 53516 AC GPON I-series ONT, version Q, 2 POTS and — — —
4 GigE Ethernet interfaces.Capable of
being configured as a Residential
Gateway (RGW). Includes ac/dc power
cord with European variant plug.
3FE 53821 AB GPON I-series ONT, version Q, 2 POTS and — — —

4 GigE Ethernet interfaces. Capable of
cord with Australian variant plug.
3FE 53821 AC GPON I-series ONT, version P, 2 POTS and — — —

4 GigE Ethernet interfaces. Capable of
cord with United Kingdom variant plug.
(2 of 2)
16.2 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P general description
The I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONTs provide a subscriber interface
for the network by terminating the PON interface and converting it to user interfaces
that directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible with all existing
These indoor ONTs provide the following functions:
The I-240G-P ONT provides the following additional functions:

• IGMP snooping
The I-241G-P ONT provides the following additional functions:
• two types of video services: video overlay and IP Television/Video on Demand
(IPTV/VoD)
• support for Multicast GEM port for IPTV services
• optional TR-069 Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) WAM management
• limited web-based end-user configuration

16.3 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P software and installation

feature support

supported by I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 16-2 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONT software feature support
Location and installation How to install and replace I-240G-P, Install an I-240G-P, I-24OG-Q, or I-241G-P indoor
options I-240G-Q, or I-241G-P indoor ONTs ONT
Replace an I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, or I-241G-P indoor
ONT
Activation method ONT and MDU overview ONT activation and behavior using SLID
HTTP ONT management Information necessary to manage an ONT management using an ONT interface
procedures ONT at a local site using an HTTP
16.4 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P interfaces and interface

capacity
Table 16-3 describes the supported interfaces and the maximum connection capacity
for I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONTs.

Table 16-3 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONT interface connection capacity

and model
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
I-240G-P 2 — 4 — — — — — 1
I-240G-Q 2 — 4 — — — — — 1
I-241G-P 2 — 4 1 — — — — 1
The I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONTs are for indoor deployment and
can be installed horizontally on a flat surface as well as attached to a wall. The
I-241G-P indoor ONT comes equipped with a removable fiber access tray for storing
excess cable.
Figure 16-1 shows the connections for I-240G-P and I-240G-Q indoor ONTs.
Figure 16-1 I-240G-P and I-240G-Q indoor ONT physical connections

POTS
ALARM
UPDATE
LAN
OPTICAL
POWER
Fiber optic
connector
PWR
RESET Power
POTS2
POTS1 connector
GE4
GE3 Reset
GE2
GE1 button
POTS
Ethernet ports
ports (RJ45) (RJ-11)
20599
Figure 16-2 shows the connections for I-241G-P indoor ONTs.

Figure 16-2 I-241G-P indoor ONT physical connections
GE
1 POTS
2
3
4 RF
PWR
12VDC GPON
A
B
Ethernet 2.5G/
ports (RJ45) G.98
1.25G
Class 4.2 B+
POTS 1 Lase
r
ports
(RJ-11) F-Type
coaxial
connector Power
connector Fiber
optic connector
(internal)
20677
Table 16-4 describes the physical connections on I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P
indoor ONTs.
Table 16-4 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONT physical connections
Ethernet ports This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45 cables. Up to four
10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces are supported.The Ethernet
ports can support both data and in-band video services on all four
interfaces.
POTS This connection is provided through RJ-11 ports. Up to two POTS

connections are supported.The POTS ports support voice services.
RF video coaxial This connection is provided through an F-Type coaxial connector.
(I-241G-P ONT only)
Power This connection is provided through the power connector. A power

cable fitted with a barrel connector is used to make the connection.
Fiber optic This connection is provided through a SC/APC fiber optic connector.
The fiber optic connector is located behind a fiber optic port cover on
these ONTs.
Note
power connector.
16.5 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P LEDs
Figure 16-3 shows the I-240G-P and I-240G-Q indoor ONT LEDs.

Figure 16-3 I-240G-P and I-240G-Q indoor ONT LEDs
AL
M
O ER
TS
E
LA
AT
AR
IC
PO
W
PD
PT
AL
PO
U
PO
TS
AL
AR
M UP
DA
TE
LA OPT
N
IC
AL
PO
WER
20603
Tables 16-5 and 16-6 provide I-240G-P and I-240G-Q indoor ONT LED
descriptions.
Table 16-5 I-240G-P indoor ONT LEDs
POWER Off No power

OPTICAL Red solid Equipment failure or not ranged or synchronized
Green solid ONT initial ranging is complete
Green flashing ONT management control interface (OMCI) traffic exchange
between OLT and ONT
LAN Off None of the data ports are connected

Green solid Some of the data In/Out devices/ports are connected
Green flashing Some of the data In/Out devices/ports are active and passing
traffic. Faster flashes indicate faster traffic rates.
UPDATE Off No software update

Green flashing ONT software downloading

Red solid ONT hardware is out of order
Green solid No alarm, with local access enabled
(1 of 2)

POTS Off No POTS provisioned (all phones are on-hook or no phones

Green solid connected)
Green flashing One or more phones are off-hook
One or more phones are off-hook for the minimum of one hour
I-240G-P indoor ONTs (3FE 52959 AX variant)
OPTICAL Red solid No optical signal detected

Red and green flashing Not registered to the OLT
Green solid Register to the OLT
Green flashing Ranging
POTS Off POTS port not registered or not configured
Green solid POTS port registered to IMS/SIP server
(2 of 2)
Table 16-6 I-240G-Q indoor ONT LEDs
POWER Off No power

Red solid Battery power is low
Green flashing (slow) Operating on battery power
Green flashing (fast) ONT is starting up
OPTICAL Off
Red solid Optical power is off
Green flashing PON is engaged in ranging and synchronizing process
LAN Off WAN is not configured

Green solid Successful PPPoE/DHCP signup. Internet is connected.
Green flashing L2 path is complete and PPPoE/DHCP signup is underway
UPDATE Off Normal status

ALARM Off Normal status
Red solid ONT hardware failure
Green solid No alarm, with local Ethernet access enabled

connected)
Green solid One or more phones are off-hook
Green flashing One or more phones are off-hook for the minimum of one hour

ET
PG
EO
TS
PW
PO
AR
IN
PO
U
D
G
VI
AL
RESET
20606
Table 16-7 I-241G-P indoor ONT LED descriptions

PWR Off No power
Red solid (I-241G-P, and Operating on battery backup power
I-241G-R only)
GPON Red solid Equipment failure or not ranged or synchronized

between OLT and ONT
INET Off None of the data ports are connected

UPG Off No software update

Green solid (I-241G-P ONT software download complete
only)
(1 of 2)


POTS or Off No POTS provisioned (all phones are on-hook or no phones

OFFHOOK (I-241G-P) Green solid connected)
One or more phones are off-hook
I-241G-P indoor ONTs only

VIDEO Off RF is disabled or the video optical band being received is lower
Green than the prescribed limit
RF is enabled and optical signal power is working
(2 of 2)
16.6 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P detailed specifications
Table 16-8 lists the physical specifications for I-240G-P and I-240G-Q indoor ONTs.
Table 16-8 I-240G-P and I-240G-Q indoor ONT physical specifications
Height 5.1 in. (13 cm)

Width 6.8 in. (17.2 cm)
Depth 1.3 in. (3.3 cm)
Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 1.1 lb (500 g)
Width 10.5 in. (26.7 cm)
Depth 7.9 in. (20 cm)
Table 16-10 lists power consumption specifications for I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and

Table 16-10 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONT power consumption specifications

(not to exceed)
I-240G-P and 9W 2 POTS off-hook, 4 Gig-E 4.5 W 2 POTS on-hook, other

I-240G-Q operational interfaces/services not
provisioned
I-241G-P 12 W 2 POTS off-hook, 4 Gig-E, 5.5 W 2 POTS on-hook, other

Video operational interfaces/services not
provisioned
Table 16-11 lists the environmental requirements for I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and
Table 16-11 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONT environmental requirements
ONT type
Desk or wall Operating: Contact your Alcatel-Lucent

mounted 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) ambient temperature technical support representative for
more information
Storage:
Contact your Alcatel-Lucent support representative for
more information
16.7 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P GEM ports and T-CONTs
I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONTs. Not all ONTs will be supported in
all of the releases indicated the table. See the appropriate release Customer Release
Notes for the most accurate list of supported devices.
Table 16-12 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package
and release
Package C ONTs
(1 of 2)

debugging

debugging
R04.06.45x, R04.00.4x, R04.02.0x, 30
R04.02.40x, R04.02.41x
R04.02.42x 30

R04.06.3x, R04.06.43, R04.07.40, 6
R04.07.45


(2 of 2)
Note
16.8 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P power support
The following power supply supports the I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor
16.9 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P functional blocks
I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONTs transmit Ethernet packets to four
RJ-45 Ethernet ports and voice traffic to two RJ-11 POTS ports. RF video ports are
available for I-241G-P ONTs in addition to POTS and Ethernet ports and transmit
video traffic to one F-type coaxial connector.These ONTs also feature fiber optic and
power connectors.
ONT SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for I-240G-P, I-240G-Q,
and I-241G-P indoor ONTs; see Figure 16-5.

Figure 16-5 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
Switch matrix
Ethernet MOCA GPON

MACs MAC MAC

20241

• GPON MAC
specification.
• Ethernet MAC
• MoCA MAC
specification set.
• DSP interface
• Switch matrix
controller.

Figure 16-6 shows the functional blocks for I-240G-P and I-240G-Q indoor ONTs
with Gigabit Ethernet, POTS, and coaxial ports. For those ONTs with less than the
maximum number of Gigabit Ethernet or POTS ports, the excess ports are blocked
by a plastic cover.
video (diplexer)
POTS (4/2/1) RJ-11

GPON Optical
block SOC

Amp
21051
Figure 16-7 shows the functional blocks for I-241G-P ONT with four Gigabit
Ethernet, two POTS, and coaxial ports. This ONT has a triplexer and RF filter rather
than a diplexer.
Figure 16-7 Single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONT with POTS and RF video (triplexer)
POTS (2) RJ-11

GPON SOC
GigE (4) RJ-45
Triplexer RF Filter F-type connector
21050

16.10 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P standards compliance
The I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONTs are compliant with the
following standards:
• G.711 support for FAX, modem connection, and TTY devices
provisioning
16.11 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P special considerations
Some I-240G-P indoor ONTs (3FE 52959 AX variant) support consultative call
transfer with third party control.

I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P. When using port-to-port mode, you can only
configure one Ethernet port.

I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P ONT considerations and limitations


Table 16-13 I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P ONT considerations and limitations

traffic congestion.
supported

• Direct connect
• Warm line
• Home Intercom
• Call park
• Bridged line
(1 of 2)


(2 of 2)
Residential gateway rules and requirements

I-240G-Q indoor ONTs support the configuration of the home network to act as a
router that allows each device in the network to communicate with any other device.
The following functions can be configured on these router ONTs:
• DHCP service
• IP routing and NAT function on the ONT
• DNS requirements
• IGMP functionality
• UPnP
Note — Do not configure the I-240G-Q indoor ONT as a router for

the home network by using a bridge concept for all the devices in the
home.
DHCP service
The DHCP allows individual clients to obtain IP configuration from a server at
start-up. The DHCP can function in one of the following two ways:
• DHCP server for the LAN — An internal DHCP server allocates IP addresses to
all the network devices attached to the ONT.
• DHCP client instances on the WAN — The ONT receives an IP addresses for
each type of client instance from 23 different DHCP servers in the WAN network:
• one DHCP client instance for obtaining a public IP address for HSI data traffic
• one DHCP client instance for VoIP for obtaining a private IP address from the WAN
network for voice (dedicated VLAN)
Figure 16-8 shows a diagram of the LAN (DHCP server) and WAN (DHCP client)
functioning of the DCHP service on an ONT.

Figure 16-8 LAN and WAN functions of the DCHP service
ONT
VoIP
IPTV
STBx
DHCP client
STBx for HSI data
DHCP
server
DHCP client
for VoIP voice
PC
Others
Devices IP addresses
connected from DHCP
to ONT server
20701
IP routing
IP routing allows the network to be routed so that all devices in the home can
communicate with each other. In this case, IP routing uses NAT for translation of the
IP address of a host in a packet.
NAT is employed by I-240G-Q indoor ONTs configured as a residential gateway to
route traffic in one of the following two ways:
• HSI traffic is directed to a public IP address — The default gateway that will route
the HSI traffic has its address transmitted to the ONT router using DHCP Option
3.
• Video traffic is directed to a private IP address — Routes used for the IPTV
service are transmitted to the ONT router using DHCP Option 121.
NAT rules are not used for VoIP traffic since the routes used by this traffic are
received by DHCP Option 121.
DNS requirements
DNS maps a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa. For the
WAN, the ONT receives two series of DNS addresses:
• The first series of received DNS addresses are the primary and secondary
addresses from the IP edge for HSI traffic.
• The second series of received DNS addresses are the primary and secondary
addresses from the IP edge for video services.
All four of these addresses are transmitted using DHCP Option 6.

IGMP functionality
IGMP is a network-layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group
and not to carry user data. When enabled on these ONTs, IGMP possesses fast-leave
capabilities as well as proxy and snooping functions.
Also, the IGMP engine on the ONT features explicit host-tracking of IGMP requests.
If two set-top boxes are seeking to access the same MCST channel, and one of them
is leaving the channel, then the router will keep the channel available for the other
set-top box.
UPnP
UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP/IP for simple
peer-to-peer network connectivity between devices. A UPnP device can dynamically
join a network, obtain an IP address, convey its capabilities, and learn about other
devices on the network. Also, a UPnP device can leave a network smoothly and
automatically when it is no longer in use.
Since the I-240G-Q indoor ONT can act as a router for networks with multiple
devices, they have UPnP for their WAN traffic.
Web-based ONT configuration and reporting

The I-240G-Q indoor ONT supports limited configuration using a web-based GUI.
The following configuring and reporting procedures can be performed using the
GUI:
• network
• advanced
• maintenance
• status
Procedure 16-1 Login to web-based GUI

1 Open a web browser and enter the IP address of the ONT in the address bar.
The login window appears.
The default gateway IP address is http://192.168.50.101. You can also obtain the
IP address using DHCP after connecting your PC to the layer 3 UNI.
2 Enter your username and password in the Login window.
The default username is root while the default password is admin.
Note — If you forget the current username and password, press the
reset button for 5 s and the default values for the username and
password will be recovered upon start up.

3 Click OK.
Network configuration using the web-based GUI

The following procedures provide the steps for configuring the network settings for
the LAN and WAN service.
Procedure 16-2 Network LAN configuration

1 Select the LAN option from the Network section of the navigation tree in the GPON
ONT window.
The LAN window appears; see Figure 16-9.
Figure 16-9 LAN window
2 Configure the LAN parameters.
Table 16-14 describes the fields in the LAN window.
Table 16-14 LAN parameters
Field Description
MAC Address MAC address of the LAN interface
(1 of 2)

Field Description
Local IP Address IP address of the LAN interface in dotted-decimal format.

For example, a sample IP address is 192.168.50.110
Subnet mask Subnet mask of the IP addresses in your LAN. The default
is 255.255.255.0
DHCP server Select either the Enable or Disable radio button. If

enabled, the ONT assigns IP addresses, an IP default
gateway, and DNS servers to computers that support the
DHCP client; for example, Windows 95, Windows NT.
Starting Ip Address Starting IP address of the DHCP IP pool
Max Number of DHCP Users Maximum number of DHCP users
Client Lease Time Number of minutes of client lease time. A zero means one
day of lease time
IP Address Range IP address of the LAN interface in dotted-decimal format.

For example, a range of IP addresses that could be
entered is from 192.168.50.110 to 192.168.50.120
Option60 Class ID1 IP address for the PC that transits the DHCP discovery
packets with the matched Option 60 value
Starting Ip Address IP address of the PC that transits the DHCP discovery

Max Number of Option60 Users Maximum number of Option60 users


(2 of 2)
3 Click Apply to save your changes or Refresh to clear the fields.
Note — By default, the LAN DHCP server is enabled. If the PC cannot

get the IP address using DHCP, click Reset on the PC for 5 s and the
default values for the LAN DHCP server will be recovered upon start up.
Procedure 16-3 Network WAN configuration

1 Select the WAN option from the Network section of the navigation tree in the
GPON ONT window.
The WAN window appears.

2 Select one of the following options to obtain the WAN IP address from the Internet
Connection Type drop-down menu.
i PPPoE
The WAN window appears with the PPPoE tab displayed; see Figure 16-10.
Figure 16-10 PPPoE tab of the WAN window
Configure the PPPoE parameters.
Table 16-15 describes the PPPoE fields in the WAN window.
Table 16-15 PPPoE parameters
Field Description
Connection Status Status is either Connected or Disconnected
IP Address IP address of the WAN interface
Subnet mask Subnet mask of the WAN interface
Default Gateway IP address of the node on the network that is chosen as

default when the IP address does not match any other
routes in the routing table
DNS Server 1 IP Address of the first DNS server
DNS Server 2 IP Address of the second DNS server

User Name Username for the PPPoE connection
Password Password for the PPPoE connection
Connection Mode Default mode is Keep Alive, which means the connection
is always kept. The Manual option can also be selected
from the drop-down menu
(1 of 2)

Field Description
Redial Period Number of seconds, between 5 and 25, for the redial
period
(2 of 2)
ii Automatic Configuration - DHCP
The WAN window appears with the Automatic Configuration - DHCP tab
displayed; see Figure 16-11.
Figure 16-11 Automatic Configuration - DHCP tab of the WAN window
Configure the DHCP parameters. You can connect or disconnect any DHCP
connection by using the Disconnect and Connect buttons.
Table 16-16 describes the DHCP fields in the WAN window.

Table 16-16 DHCP parameters
Field Description
MAC Address MAC address of the WAN interface
Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the IP addresses in your WAN. The default
is 255.255.255.0

DNS Server 1 IP address of the first DNS server
DNS Server 2 IP address of the second DNS server
iii Static IP
The WAN window appears with the Static IP tab displayed; see Figure 16-12.
Figure 16-12 Static IP tab of WAN window
Configure the Static IP parameters.
Table 16-17 describes the Static IP fields in the WAN window.

Table 16-17 Static IP parameters
Field Description
is 255.255.255.0

Advanced configuration using the web-based GUI

The following procedures provide the steps for performing advanced ONT
configuration including the setting up of SNTP, DDNS, port forwarding, and
firewalls.
Procedure 16-4 Advanced configuration

1 Select one of the following options from the Advanced section of the navigation
tree in the GPON ONT window.
i SNTP
The SNTP window appears; see Figure 16-13.

Figure 16-13 SNTP window
Configure the SNTP parameters. Go to step 2 when you are finished

configuring the parameters.
Table 16-18 describes the fields in the SNTP window.
Table 16-18 SNTP parameters
Field Description
SNTP State Select either the Enable or Disable radio button

NTP Time Server Select an option from the drop-down menu or enter the
IP address or URL of another network time protocol
server
Time Zone Select a time zone from the drop-down menu
ii DDNS
The DDNS window appears; see Figure 16-14.

Figure 16-14 DDNS window
Configure the DDNS parameters. Go to step 3 when you are finished

Table 16-19 describes the fields in the DDNS window.
Table 16-19 DDNS parameters
Field Description
DDNS Service Select a supported DDNS service or select Disable to turn

off DDNS. Supported DDNS services are DynDNS.org and
TZO.com.
User name Username for your DDNS account
Password Password for your DDNS account
Host Name Host name
iii Port Forwarding
The Port Forwarding window appears; see Figure 16-15.

Figure 16-15 Port Forwarding window
Configure the Port Forwarding parameters. Go to step 3 when you are

finished configuring the parameters.
Table 16-20 describes the fields in the Port Forwarding window.
Table 16-20 Port Forwarding parameters
Column Description
Application Name of the application to be filtered. Options are:

• IFIP
• HTTP
• FTP
• Telnet
Start-End Port Starting port number followed by the ending port number
of the external host, in two fields
Protocol Protocol(s) used by the application. Options are:

• TCP
• UDP
• Both
To IP Address IP address of the host that is currently blocked from the
application
of the internal host, in two fields
Enable Check box to Enable to apply this filter rule; leave box
unchecked to Disable this filter rule
iv Firewall
The Firewall window appears; see Figure 16-16.

Figure 16-16 Firewall window
Configure the Firewall parameters. Go to step 3 when you are finished

configuring parameters.
Table 16-21 describes the fields in the Firewall window.
Table 16-21 Firewall parameters
Field Description
Web Access from LAN Select Enable to enable web access from the LAN or
select Disable to disable web access from the LAN
Web Access from WAN Select Enable to enable web access from the WAN, or
select Disable to disable web access from the WAN
Dmz Select Enable to turn on the demilitarized zone function,

or select Disable to turn off the demilitarized zone
function
Dmz Host Select the first radio button and choose a preexisting (or
preset) LAN host, or select the second radio button and
enter an IP address manually
UPnP Enable Select Enable to enable the UPnP function, or select

Disable to disable the UPnP function
2 Click Submit to save your SNTP configuration changes, then go to step 4.

Maintenance configuration using the web-based GUI

The following procedures provide the steps for performing maintenance tasks on the
ONT.
Procedure 16-5 Maintenance configuration

1 Select one of the following options from the Maintain section of the navigation
i Password
The Password window appears; see Figure 16-17.
Figure 16-17 Password window
Change your password by using this window, then go to step 2.
Table 16-22 describes the fields in the Password window.
Table 16-22 Password window fields
Field Description
Web New Password New password other than the default one
Re-enter to confirm Confirm the new password by re-entering it
ii Factory Default
The Factory Default window appears; see Figure 16-18.

Figure 16-18 Factory Default window
Click Reset to reset the system configuration to the factory default setting,
then go to step 3.
iii Reboot Device
The Reboot Device window appears; see Figure 16-19.
Figure 16-19 Reboot Device window

Click Reboot to reboot the system, the go to step 3.
iv Upgrade
Figure 16-20 Upgrade window
The ONT supports upgrades using the web. First, put the software image on
the internal PC and enable the FTP server. Second, click Upgrade to get the
software image from the local PC using FTP and display it before the image
is upgraded.
You can also refresh the display of the software image by clicking Refresh.
Status reports using the web-based GUI

The following procedures provide the steps for obtaining ONT status information.
Procedure 16-6 Status report generation

1 Select one of the following options from the Status section of the navigation tree
in the GPON ONT window.
i Device Info
The Device Info window appears; see Figure 16-21.

Figure 16-21 Device Info window
Go to step 3 when you are finished reading the information in the window.
Table 16-23 describes the fields in the Device Info window.
Table 16-23 Device Info window fields
Field Description
Software Version: Current version of the software
Build Date: Date stamp on the software load
Current Time Time when the information was collected
ii WAN Status
The WAN Status window appears; see Figure 16-22.

Figure 16-22 WAN Status window
Table 16-24 describes the fields in the WAN Status window. Go to step 2 if
you require updated information.
Table 16-24 WAN Status window fields
Field Description
Internet Connection Type Type of internet connection used by the WAN interface.
Options are:
• PPPOE
• DHCP
• Static IP

Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the WAN interface

Default Gateway IP address of the node on the computer network that is
chosen as default when the IP address does not match any
other routes in the routing table
iii PON Statistics
The PON Statistics window appears; see Figure 16-23.

Figure 16-23 PON Statistics window
Table 16-25 describes the fields in the PON Statistics window. Go to step 2 if
Table 16-25 PON Statistics window fields
Field Description
Tx Packets Number of packets that have been transmitted
Rx Packets Number of packets that have been received
Tx Lost Packets Number of packets lost during transmission

Rx Lost Packets Number of packets lost prior to reception
Rx Error Packets Number of packets that have been received with errors
2 Click Refresh to clear the fields and obtain updated data.


NTP 127 — Install an I-240G-P,
I-24OG-Q, or I-241G-P indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONTs.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information

instructions.



• See I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P detailed specifications in the
unit data sheet for the temperature ranges for this ONT.
Procedure
Use this procedure to install an I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, or I-241G-P indoor ONT.
2 Locate any missing cables and route them to the ONT as per local practices.

Figure NTP 127-1: I-240G-P or I-240G-Q indoor ONT on a desk
PO
TS
AL
AR
M UP
DA
TE
LA OPT
N
IC
AL
PO
WER
20602
4 Review the connection locations as shown in Figure NTP 127-2 for I-240G-P or
I-240G-Q indoor ONTs and Figure NTP 127-3 for I-241G-P indoor ONTs.
Figure NTP 127-2: I-240G-P or I-240G-Q indoor ONT connections

POTS
ALARM
UPDATE
LAN
OPTICAL
POWER
Fiber optic
connector
PWR
RESET Power
POTS2
POTS1 connector
GE4
GE3 Reset
GE2
GE1 button
POTS
Ethernet ports
20599

GE
1 POTS
2
3
4 RF
PWR
12VDC GPON
A
B
Ethernet 2.5G/
ports (RJ45) G.98
1.25G
Class 4.2 B+
POTS 1 Lase
r
ports
(RJ-11) F-Type
coaxial
connector Power
connector Fiber
optic connector
(internal)
20677
7 For I-241G-P ONTs only, connect the coaxial cable to the F-Type connector
(DLP 111).


12 V dc, 1.25 A.
11 If used, configure the SLID (chapter 6).

NTP 128 — Replace an I-240G-P,
I-240G-Q, or I-241G-P indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, or I-241G-P indoor ONTs.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, or
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information

instructions.



• See I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P detailed specifications in the
unit data sheet for the temperature ranges for this ONT.
Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, or I-241G-P indoor ONT.
2 Disconnect the POTS, Ethernet, fiber optic cables (DLP 126), and power cables
from the ONT; see Figure NTP 128-1 for the connector locations on I-240G-P and
I-240G-Q ONTs and Figure NTP 128-2 for I-241G-P ONTs.

Figure NTP 128-1: I-240G-P and I-240G-Q indoor ONT connections
POTS
ALARM
UPDATE
LAN
OPTICAL
POWER
Fiber optic
connector
PWR
RESET Power
POTS2
POTS1 connector
GE4
GE3 Reset
GE2
GE1 button
POTS
Ethernet ports
20599
GE
1 POTS
2
3
4 RF
PWR
12VDC GPON
A
B
Ethernet 2.5G/
ports (RJ45) G.98
1.25G
Class 4.2 B+
POTS 1 Lase
r
ports
(RJ-11) F-Type
coaxial
connector Power
connector Fiber
optic connector
(internal)
20677
ONT; go to step 4.
b On a wall.
wall.

for I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P indoor ONTs (DLP 115).
6 For I-241G-P ONTs only, connect the coaxial cable to the F-Type connector
(DLP 111).

adapters.


12 V dc, 1.25 A.

NTP 129 — Configure an I-240G-P,
I-240G-Q, or I-241G-P ONT
General
software configuration procedure for I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, and I-241G-P ONTs.
an ONT interface.

NTP 129 — Configure an I-240G-P, I-240G-Q, or I-241G-P ONT

I-240G-R
17 — I-240G-R unit data sheet
NTP 130 — Install an I-240G-R indoor ONT
NTP 131 — Replace an I-240G-R indoor ONT
NTP 132 — Configure an I-240G-R ONT

17.1 I-240G-R part numbers and identification 17-2
17.2 I-240G-R general description 17-2
17.3 I-240G-R software and installation feature support 17-2
17.4 I-240G-R interfaces and interface capacity 17-3
17.5 I-240G-R LEDs 17-4
17.6 I-240G-R detailed specifications 17-6
17.7 I-240G-R GEM ports and T-CONTs 17-6
17.8 I-240G-R power support 17-7
17.9 I-240G-R functional blocks 17-7
17.10 I-240G-R standards compliance 17-8
17.11 I-240G-R special considerations 17-9

17.1 I-240G-R part numbers and identification
Table 17-1 provides part numbers and identification information for I-240G-R
indoor ONTs.
Table 17-1 I-240G-R part numbers and identification

I-240G-R 3FE 53778 AA 3FE 53516 AJ GPON I-series ONT, version R, 2 POTS and — — —
(customer- 4 GigE Ethernet interfaces. Includes
specific ac/dc power cord with Australian (AU)
17.2 I-240G-R general description
The I-240G-R indoor ONTs provide a subscriber interface for the network by
terminating the PON interface and converting it to user interfaces that directly
Type III).
The I-240G-R indoor ONT provides the following functions:
• IGMP v2/v3 snooping
• dedicated Multicast GEM port on the downstream
• Broadcast/Multicast rate limiting
• 2.488 Gbps downstream receiver and 1.244 Gbps burst mode upstream
transmitter
17.3 I-240G-R software and installation feature support

supported by I-240G-R indoor ONTs.
Table 17-2 I-240G-R indoor ONT software feature support
(1 of 2)

Location and installation How to install and replace I-240G-R Install an I-240G-R indoor ONT
options indoor ONTs Replace an I-240G-R indoor ONT
Statistics and performance ONT and MDU statistics and Performance monitoring statistics for Package D
(2 of 2)
17.4 I-240G-R interfaces and interface capacity
for I-240G-R indoor ONTs.
Table 17-3 I-240G-R indoor ONT interface connection capacity

and model
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
I-240G-R 2 — 4 — — — — — 1
I-240G-R indoor ONTs are for indoor deployment and can be installed horizontally
on a flat surface as well as attached to a wall.
Figure 17-1 shows the connections for I-240G-R indoor ONTs.

Figure 17-1 I-240G-R indoor ONT physical connections
UNI-D
UNI-V
1 2 RESET 1 2 3 4 POWER
POTS Reset Ethernet Power Fiber optic

ports button ports connector connector
(RJ-11) (RJ-45)
21646
Table 17-4 describes the physical connections on I-240G-R indoor ONTs.
Table 17-4 I-240G-R indoor ONT physical connections

interfaces.
Power This connection to the ONT is provided through a + 12 V dc UPS power

connector. A power cable is fitted with an eight-pin connector.
Fiber optic This connection is provided through a SC/APC fiber optic connector
with SFF-type laser. The fiber optic connector is located behind a fiber
optic port cover on these ONTs.
Note
power connector.
17.5 I-240G-R LEDs
Figure 17-2 shows the I-240G-R indoor ONT LEDs.

Figure 17-2 I-240G-R indoor ONT LEDs
AL
/2
R
TE
WE
AR
I-D
I-D
I-D
I-D
1
TIC
DA
I-V
UN
UN
UN
UN
AL
PO
UP
OP
UN
I-240G-R
UNI-V 1 UNI-V 2 UNI-D 1 UNI-D 2 UNI-D 3 UNI-D 4
21647
Table 17-5 provides I-240G-R indoor ONT LED descriptions.
Table 17-5 I-240G-R indoor ONT LEDs
POWER Off No power

Red solid Operating from battery
OPTICAL Off ONT disabled by OLT

Red solid PON Loss of link
Green solid Optical link is connected and ranged
Green flashing Activity on PON (any data including OMCI)
UNI-D1 to UNI-D4 Off No service provisioned or no link detected

Yellow solid 1G link detected
Yellow flashing 1G data activity
Green solid 10/100 link detected
Green flashing 10/100 data activity
UNI-V1/2 Off No POTS provisioned (all phones are on-hook or no phones

One or more phones are off-hook for the minimum of one hour
Red solid ONT software download failure

17.6 I-240G-R detailed specifications
Table 17-6 lists the physical specifications for I-240G-R indoor ONTs.
Table 17-6 I-240G-R indoor ONT physical specifications
Width 6.8 in. (17.2 cm)
Depth 1.3 in. (3.3 cm)
Table 17-7 lists power consumption specifications for I-240G-R indoor ONTs.
Table 17-7 I-240G-R indoor ONT power consumption specifications

(not to exceed)
I-240G-R 10.5 W 2 POTS off-hook, 4 Gig-E 5.5 W 2 POTS on-hook, other

provisioned
Table 17-8 lists the environmental requirements for I-240G-R indoor ONTs.
Table 17-8 I-240G-R indoor ONT environmental requirements
ONT type
Desk or wall Operating: Minimum operating altitude is 197 ft

mounted 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) ambient temperature (60 m) below sea level to a maximum
of 6000 ft (1800 m) above mean sea
10% to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing level
Storage:
more information
17.7 I-240G-R GEM ports and T-CONTs
I-240G-R indoor ONTs. Not all ONTs will be supported in all of the releases
indicated the table. See the appropriate release Customer Release Notes for the most
accurate list of supported devices.

Table 17-9 I-240G-R indoor ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and release
Package D ONTs
debugging

debugging
R04.06.45x, R04.00.4x, R04.02.0x, 30
R04.02.40x, R04.02.41x
R04.02.42x 30

R04.06.3x, R04.06.43, R04.07.40, 6
R04.07.45


Note
17.8 I-240G-R power support
No specific power supply is supported by the I-240G-R indoor ONTs.
17.9 I-240G-R functional blocks
I-240G-R indoor ONTs transmit Ethernet packets to four RJ-45 Ethernet ports and
voice traffic to two RJ-11 POTS ports. These ONTs also feature fiber optic and
power connectors.
• GPON MAC
specification.
• Ethernet MAC
• DSP interface

• Switch matrix
MACs, GPON MAC, DSP, the control processor, and the other integrated
elements such as flash memory, DRAM, and the local bus controller.
Single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONTs with POTS and with or without RF video
represent another variation of the Package D ONT. In the case of I-240G-R ONTs,
there is no RF video port in addition to POTS and Ethernet ports. These Package D
ONTs transmit Ethernet packets to up to four RJ-45 Ethernet ports, and voice traffic
to either one or two RJ-11 POTS ports. These ONTs also feature fiber optic and
power connectors.
Figure 17-3 shows the functional blocks for an I-240G-R indoor ONT with four
Gigabit Ethernet and two POTS ports.
Figure 17-3 Single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONT with POTS and Ethernet ports
SC/APC
Diplexer
GPON
SOC
SLIC
GE switch
2xRJ11 4xRJ45 PWR

21653
17.10 I-240G-R standards compliance
I-240G-R indoor ONTs are compliant with the following standards:



provisioning
17.11 I-240G-R special considerations

I-240G-R ONT considerations and limitations

Table 17-10 lists the considerations and limitations for the I-240G-R indoor ONT.
Table 17-10 I-240G-R indoor ONT considerations and limitations

Support for up to 32 GEM ports
Support for 32 T-CONTs
Ethernet OA&M (802.1 ag) is not supported

Channel package is not supported
V+G-based downstream multicast VLAN translation is not supported
The ONT pads packets to 104 as SoC limitation

IGMPv3 snooping with SSM is not supported. IGMPv3 snooping without SSM is supported.
ONT does not support service classification by Ethertype
The uplink port of the SoC chipset is limited to 1 Gb/s
IPv6 is not supported


NTP 130 — Install an I-240G-R indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an I-240G-R indoor ONT.
General
The steps listed in this NTP describe how to install an I-240G-R indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information

Warning — Do not install electrical equipment in wet or damp

conditions.
Caution — Observe the following:
• Always use caution when handling live electrical connections.

• Do not allow anything to rest on the power cable or install the ONT
in a place where people will stand or walk on the power cable.
• With this ONT use only the certified adapter model, which complies
with the requirement of limited power source, included inside the
package.

precedence when there is conflict between the local standard and
the NEC or CEC.
• The ONT must be installed by qualified service personnel only.
• Ensure that the power source for the system is adequately-rated to
assure safe operation and provides current overload protection.
Procedure
Use this procedure to install an I-240G-R indoor ONT.
feet; go to step 3.

Figure NTP 130-1: I-240G-R indoor ONT connections
UNI-D
UNI-V

(RJ-11) (RJ-45)
21646

Caution — Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from the ends of

un-terminated fiber cables or connectors. Never look directly into an
un-terminated cable or connector.
5 Verify that the power cable terminates with an 8-pin connector as shown in
Figure NTP 130-2 and described in Table NTP 130-1.
Figure NTP 130-2: 8-pin connector
Pin 8 Pin5
Pin 4 Pin 1
21657
Table NTP 130-1: Pin assignments on the 8-pin connector
Pin # Definition Pin # Definition
1 Power input (+ 12V) 5 12 V power return
2 UPS status: On battery 6 Alarm ground
3 UPS status: Battery missing 7 UPS status: Replace battery
4 GNC / Optional frame ground 8 UPS status: Low battery

6 Connect the power cable to the power connector on the ONT.

12 V dc, 1.25 A.

NTP 131 — Replace an I-240G-R indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace an I-240G-R indoor ONT.
General
The steps listed in this NTP describe how to replace an I-240G-R indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information

Warning — Do not install electrical equipment in wet or damp

conditions.

package.

the NEC or CEC.
Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an I-240G-R indoor ONT.
2 Disconnect the cables from the ONT in the following order; see Figure NTP 131-1
for the connector locations on I-240G-R ONT.
i Disconnect the power cable from the power connector.
ii Disconnect the Ethernet cables from the RJ-45 ports.
iii Disconnect the POTS cables from the RJ-11 ports.
iv Disconnect the SC/APC fiber optic cable from the fiber optic connector.

Figure NTP 131-1: I-240G-R indoor ONT connections
UNI-D
UNI-V

(RJ-11) (RJ-45)
21646
ONT; go to step 9.
b On a wall.
wall.

for an I-240G-R indoor ONT (DLP 115).

adapters.
6 Verify that the power cable terminates with an 8-pin connector as shown in
Figure NTP 131-2 and described in Table NTP 131-1.
Figure NTP 131-2: 8-pin connector
Pin 8 Pin5
Pin 4 Pin 1
21657

Table NTP 131-1: Pin assignments on the 8-pin connector
Pin # Definition Pin # Definition
1 Power input (+ 12V) 5 12 V power return
2 UPS status: On battery 6 Alarm ground
3 UPS status: Battery missing 7 UPS status: Replace battery
4 GNC / Optional frame ground 8 UPS status: Low battery
7 Connect the power cable to the power connector on the ONT.

12 V dc, 1.25 A.

General
software configuration procedure for I-240G-R indoor ONTs.
an ONT interface.


I-240W-P and I-241W-P
18 — I-240W-P and I-241W-P unit data sheet
NTP 133 — Install an I-240W-P or I-241W-P indoor ONT
NTP 134 — Replace an I-240W-P or I-241W-P indoor ONT
NTP 135 — Configure an I-240W-P or I-241W-P ONT

18 — I-240W-P and I-241W-P unit data
sheet
18.1 I-240W-P and I-241W-P part numbers and identification 18-2
18.2 I-240W-P and I-241W-P general description 18-3
18.3 I-240W-P and I-241W-P software and installation feature

support 18-3
18.4 I-240W-P and I-241W-P interfaces and interface

capacity 18-4
18.5 I-240W-P and I-241W-P LEDs 18-6
18.6 I-240W-P and I-241W-P detailed specifications 18-8
18.7 I-240W-P and I-241W-P GEM ports and T-CONTs 18-9
18.8 I-240W-P and I-241W-P power support 18-9
18.9 I-240W-P and I-241W-P functional blocks 18-10
18.10 I-240W-P and I-241W-P standards compliance 18-12
18.11 I-240W-P and I-241W-P special considerations 18-12

18.1 I-240W-P and I-241W-P part numbers and identification
Table 18-1 provides part numbers and identification information for I-240W-P and
I-241W-P indoor ONT.
Table 18-1 I-240W-P and I-241W-P part numbers and identification

I-240W-P 3FE 52958 AD 3FE 53347 AH 2 POTS ports, and 4 Ethernet — — —

10/100/1000Base-T interfaces, and 1
Wi-Fi radio on/off switch. Includes ac/dc
power cord with European variant plug
and fiber storage tray.
3FE 52958 AN 2 POTS ports, and 4 Ethernet 10/100/1000 — — —

Base-T interfaces, and 1 Wi-Fi radio
on/off switch. Includes ac/dc power cord
with Australian variant plug and fiber
storage tray.
3FE 52958 AP 2 POTS ports, and 4 Ethernet 10/100/1000 — — —

with United Kingdom variant plug and
fiber storage tray.
3FE 52958 AU 2 POTS ports, and 4 Ethernet 10/100/1000 — — —

with United States variant plug and fiber
storage tray.
I-241W-P 3FE 52958 AA 3FE 53347 AG 2 POTS ports, 4 Gig E Ethernet — — —

10/100/1000 Base-T interfaces, 1 RF
video connector, and 1 Wi-Fi radio on/off
switch. Includes ac/dc power cord with
European variant plug and fiber storage
tray.
3FE 52958 AG 2 POTS ports, 4 GigE Ethernet — — —

Australian variant plug and fiber storage
tray.
3FE 52958 AH 2 POTS ports, 4 GigE Ethernet — — —

United Kingdom variant plug and fiber
storage tray.

18.2 I-240W-P and I-241W-P general description
I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs provide the subscriber interface for the
network by terminating the PON interface and converting it to user interfaces that
directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible with all existing
I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs provide the following functions:
• ITU-T 802.11 Wi-Fi interface to enable wireless access
• two types of video services: video overlay and IPTV/VoD
• multicast GEM port for IPTV services
• IGMPv3 (RFC 3376) or IGMPv2 (RFC 2236) snooping
• G984.4 and G.983.2 standard compliant OMCI interface for ONT management
and provisioning
• MIB manipulation over OMCI by Create, Delete, Set, Get, and Get next
commands
• limited web-based end-user configuration
18.3 I-240W-P and I-241W-P software and installation feature

support

supported by I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs.
Table 18-2 I-241W-P indoor ONT software feature support
(I-241W-P ONT only)

RSSI ONT and MDU general and interface RSSI specifications

Wi-Fi specifications ONT and MDU general and interface Wi-Fi specifications
(1 of 2)

Location and installation How to install and replace an I-241W-P Install an I-240W-P or I-241W-P indoor ONT
options indoor ONT Replace an I-240W-P or I-241W-P indoor ONT
(2 of 2)
18.4 I-240W-P and I-241W-P interfaces and interface capacity
Table 18-3 describes the supported interfaces and interface capacity for I-240W-P
and I-241W-P indoor ONTs.
Table 18-3 I-241W-P indoor ONT interface connection capacity

and model
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
I-240W-P 2 — 4 — — — — — 1
I-241W-P 2 — 4 1 — — — — 1
I-240W-P and I-241W-P connections and components

Figure 18-1 shows the physical connections for I-240W-P indoor ONT while
Figure 18-2 shows the same for the I-241W-P indoor ONT.

Figure 18-1 Physical connections on I-240W-P indoor ONTs
GE
1 POTS
2
3
4
WiFi PWR
12VDC GPON
A
B ON
OFF
Ethernet 2.5G/
ports (RJ45) G.98
1.25G
Class 4.2 B+
POTS 1 Lase
r
ports
(RJ-11) Wi-Fi
on/off
switch
Power
connector Fiber
optic connector
(internal)
20719
Figure 18-2 Physical connections on I-241W-P indoor ONTs
GE
1 POTS
2
3
4 RF
WiFi PWR
12VDC GPON
A
B ON
OFF
Ethernet 2.5G/
ports (RJ45) G.98
1.25G
Class 4.2 B+
POTS 1 Lase
r
ports
(RJ-11) Wi-Fi
on/off
switch
F-Type Power
coaxial connector Fiber
connector optic connector
(internal)
20718
Table 18-4 describes the physical connections for I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor
ONTs.

Table 18-4 I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONT physical connections
interfaces.

Wi-Fi interface Wi-Fi service is compliant with IEEE 802.11 standard and enabled and
disabled using a radio on/off switch.
RF video coaxial This connection is provided through a F-Type coaxial connector.

This connection is found only on the I-241W-P ONT.

The fiber optic connector is located behind a fiber optic port cover.
Note
power connector.
18.5 I-240W-P and I-241W-P LEDs
Figure 18-3 shows the I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONT LEDs.

Figure 18-3 I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONT LEDs
ET
PG
EO
I
TS
IF
PW
PO
AR
W
IN
PO
U
D
G
VI
AL
RESET
20830
Table 18-5 provides LED descriptions for I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs.
Table 18-5 I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONT LEDs
PWR Off No power

GPON Red solid Equipment failure or not ranged or synchronized

between OLT and ONT
INET Off None of the data ports are connected

UPG Off No software update


(1 of 2)


VIDEO Off RF is disabled or the video optical band being received is lower
Green than the prescribed limit
RF is enabled and optical signal power is working
WIFI Off WLAN is down or link not detected

Green solid WLAN is up or link detected
Green flashing WLAN link detected and activity present
(2 of 2)
18.6 I-240W-P and I-241W-P detailed specifications
Table 18-6 lists the physical specifications for I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor
ONTs.
Table 18-6 I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONT physical specifications
Width 10.5 in. (26.7 cm)

Table 18-7 lists the power consumption specifications for I-240W-P and I-241W-P
indoor ONTs.
Table 18-7 I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONT power consumption specifications

(Not to exceed)
I-240W-P 15 W 2 POTS off-hook, 4 Gig-E, 5.5 W 2 POTS on-hook, other

Wi-Fi operational interfaces/services not
provisioned
I-241W-P 14.6 W 2 POTS off-hook, 4 Gig-E, RF 5.5 W 2 POTS on-hook, other

video, Wi-Fi operational interfaces/services not
provisioned
Table 18-8 lists the environmental specifications for I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor
ONTs.

Table 18-8 I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONT environmental specifications
Desk or wall Operating: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) ambient Contact your Alcatel-Lucent technical support
mounted temperature representative for more information
Storage: Contact your Alcatel-Lucent support

18.7 I-240W-P and I-241W-P GEM ports and T-CONTs
devices.
Table 18-9 I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and release

Package C ONTs
debugging

debugging
R04.06.45x, R04.00.4x, R04.02.0x, 30
R04.02.40x, R04.02.41x
R04.02.42x 30

R04.06.3x, R04.06.43, R04.07.40, 6
R04.07.45


18.8 I-240W-P and I-241W-P power support
The following power supply supports the I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONT.
Click on the link for more information.

18.9 I-240W-P and I-241W-P functional blocks
Table 18-10 describes the supported interfaces for I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor
ONTs.
Table 18-10 I-241W-P indoor ONT interfaces

ports ports
Single-residence Wi-Fi ONTs 2 4 — — 0/1 — 1

with Gigabit Ethernet ONTs
and POTS and with or
without RF video (I-240W-P
and I-241W-P indoor ONTs)
I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs are single-residence ONTs that support
Wireless (Wi-Fi) service. Wi-Fi service on these ONTs are compliant with the IEEE
802.11 standard and enabled or disabled using a radio on/off switch. In addition to
the Wi-Fi service, these ONTs transmit Ethernet packets to four RJ-45 Ethernet
ports, voice traffic to two RJ-11 POTS ports, and, on the I-241W-P ONT, RF video
traffic to one F-type coaxial connector. These ONTs also feature fiber optic and
power connectors.
Figure 18-4 shows functional blocks for I-241W-P indoor ONTs with Gigabit
Ethernet, POTS, and coaxial interface for RF video. This ONT has a triplexer and RF
filter. The I-240W-P indoor ONT has the same functional blocks except for the
triplexer and RF filter.
Figure 18-4 Single-residence Wi-Fi ONT with Gigabit Ethernet, POTS, and RF video
(triplexer)
POTS (2) RJ-11

GPON SOC
GigE (4) RJ-45
Triplexer RF Filter F-type connector
21050
I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs are single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONTs
with POTS and Ethernet ports. These ONTs transmit Ethernet packets to four RJ-45
Ethernet ports and voice traffic to four RJ-11 POTS ports. This ONT also features
fiber optic and power connectors.

Figure 18-5.
Figure 18-5 I-240W-P and I-241W-P ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
Switch matrix
Ethernet MOCA GPON

MACs MAC MAC

20241

• GPON MAC
specification.
• Ethernet MAC
• MoCA MAC
specification set.
• DSP interface

• Switch matrix
controller.
18.10 I-240W-P and I-241W-P standards compliance
I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs are compliant with the following standards:
• 802.11b support for maximum transmit power (EIRP) equal to or greater than 200
mW (23.01 dBm)
• 802.11g support for maximum transmit power (EIRP) equal to or greater than 100
mW (20 dBm)
• 802.11g/n support for processing that does not degrade the committed LAN-LAN
and/or LAN-WAN throughput rate
• G.984.2 support for Amd1, class B+
provisioning
18.11 I-240W-P and I-241W-P special considerations

I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs. When using port-to-port mode, you can only
configure one Ethernet port.


I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs support voice, video, and HSI data services.
These ONTs, which features Wi-Fi technology, can also function as a residential
gateway with layer 2 and layer 3 processing capabilities.
I-240W-P and I-241W-P ONT considerations and limitations

Table 18-11 I-240W-P and I-241W-P ONT considerations and limitations

traffic congestion.
supported

• Direct connect
• Warm line
• Home Intercom
• Call park
• Bridged line
(1 of 2)

(2 of 2)
Voice, video, and data services

The voice service on I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs is delivered by up to two
POTS ports that support:
• five REN per line (balanced ring at 55 V rms)
• multiple voice codec
• echo cancelling, VAD, and CNG
• static or dynamic jitter buffer
• various CLASS services including caller ID, call waiting, and call transfer
• SIP (RFC3261) or MEGACO v2 (H.248)
• multiple country profiles
Two types of video service are supported on this ONT:

• RF video overlay
• IPTV/VoD by unicast or multicast
• For unicast IPTV/VoD, a triplexer is used to deliver a dedicated wavelength that
carries a video broadcast signal to the subscriber.
• For multicast IPTV/VoD that delivers video content through data channels, the ONT
supports a dedicated multicast GEM port on the downstream. Bandwidth efficiency
is improved by having the video contents received and processed by all the ONTs
on the same PON link through a unified channel.
The HSI data service on these ONTs is delivered by up to four 10/100/1000 Base-T
Ethernet ports that support:
• layer 2 data transferring at wire speed for all packet sizes

• built-in layer 2 switch

• advanced data features such as VLAN tag manipulation, classification, and
filtering
• built-in layer 3 routing and residential gateway
Additional supported features

In addition to voice, video, and data service, I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs
support Ethernet bridging and IP routing and firewall features. The following
Ethernet bridging features are supported:
• wirespeed forwarding
• hardware priority queues in the upstream and downstream direction in support of
CoS
• virtual switching based on 802.1q VLAN
• up to 256 MAC address and 16 VLAN groups
• VLAN tagging/detagging per Ethernet port
• VLAN stacking (Q-in-Q) and VLAN translation
• IP ToS/DSCP to 802.1p mapping
• Class of Service based on VLAN-ID, 802.1p bit, ToS/DSCP
• marking/remarking of 802.1p
• broadcast/multicast rate limiting
• MAC address limiting
Supported IP routing and firewall features including the following

• PPPoE
• NAT and NAPT
• port forwarding, ALGs, UPnP
• integrated stateful packet inspection firewall with ACL
• VPN pass-though for PPTP, L2TP, and IPsec
• static routing and RIP2 dynamic routing
• DHCP client/server
• DNS client/server
Wi-Fi service
I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs feature Wi-Fi service as well as voice, video,
and data services. Wi-Fi is a wireless networking technology that uses radio waves
to provide wireless HSI and network connections. This ONT complies with the IEEE
802.11 standards, which the Wi-Fi Alliance defines as the basis for Wi-Fi
technology.

Wi-Fi physical features

I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs have the following physical features that
assist in providing Wi-Fi service:
• on/off radio switch for enabling and disabling Wi-Fi service
• two external multi-directional antennae
• Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) push button, with indicator LED, for adding
WPS-enabled wireless devices
Wi-Fi standards and certifications

The Wi-Fi service on I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs support the following
IEEE standards and Wi-Fi Alliance certifications:
• compliant with IEEE 802.11 standards
• certified for IEEE 802.11a/b/e/g/h/n standards
• WPA support including WPA-PSK
• certified for WPA2-Personal and WPA2-Enterprise
• certified for WMM and WMM scheduled access
• certified for WPS as a AP type device with registrar support
Wi-Fi GUI features

I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs have Wi-Fi GUIs containing the following
features:
• configuration of the best available channel to a fixed value
• selection of the LAN devices allowed to access the ONT through a wireless
interface (for example, MAC address filtering)
• operational status indicators for numerous data elements
• entry of Wi-Fi device WPS PIN codes
• disabling of the broadcasting of the primary user SSID (default broadcasting must
be enabled)
• user scheduling of the enabling and disabling of the Wi-Fi connection
Wi-Fi access point features

I-240W-P and I-241W-P indoor ONTs have the following Wi-Fi access point
features:
• ability to scan the frequency spectrum and select the best available channel and
power up following a reset
• MAC address filtering
• ability for a minimum of 32 devices to simultaneously connect to the AP of the
device
• 64 and 128 bit WEP support
• support for both the entry of hexadecimal encryption keys used by WEP and
ACSCII-based pass phrases when working with WPA

• support for two SSIDs each with its own unique characteristics including protocol
configuration, data rate supported, authentication, encryption, and broadcasting
status.
• blocking of association requests that do not specify a valid SSID
• support for WDS that allows the ONT to act as a base station for a
user-configured list of specific repeaters
Residential gateway functions

As a residential gateway, the I-241W-P indoor ONT features layer 2 and 3
processing capabilities as well as supporting the following home router functions:
• PPPoE or 802.1x for WAN interface
• NAPT and firewall
• DHCP/DNS service (client and server)
• port-forwarding, ALCG, and UPnP
• routing
• VPN pass-through
Residential gateway rules and requirements

I-241W-P indoor ONTs support the configuration of the home network to act as a
router that allows each device in the network to communicate with any other device.
The following functions can be configured on these router ONTs:
• DHCP service
• IP routing and NAT function on the ONT
• DNS requirements
• IGMP functionality
• UPnP
Note — Do not configure the I-241W-P indoor ONT as a router for

the home network by using a bridge concept for all the devices in the
home.
DHCP service
The DHCP allows individual clients to obtain IP configuration from a server at
start-up. The DHCP can function in one of the following two ways:
• DHCP server for the LAN — An internal DHCP server allocates IP addresses to
all the network devices attached to the ONT.
• DHCP client instances on the WAN — The ONT receives an IP addresses for
each type of client instance from 23 different DHCP servers in the WAN network:
• one DHCP client instance for obtaining a public IP address for HSI data traffic
• one DHCP client instance for VoIP for obtaining a private IP address from the WAN
network for voice (dedicated VLAN)

Figure 18-6 shows a diagram of the LAN (DHCP server) and WAN (DHCP client)
functioning of the DCHP service on an ONT.
Figure 18-6 LAN and WAN functions of the DCHP service
ONT
VoIP
IPTV
STBx
DHCP client
STBx for HSI data
DHCP
server
DHCP client
for VoIP voice
PC
Others
Devices IP addresses
connected from DHCP
to ONT server
20701
IP routing
IP routing allows the network to be routed so that all devices in the home can
communicate with each other. In this case, IP routing uses NAT for translation of the
IP address of a host in a packet.
NAT is employed by I-241W-P indoor ONTs configured as a residential gateway to
route traffic in one of the following two ways:
• HSI traffic is directed to a public IP address — The default gateway that will route
the HSI traffic has its address transmitted to the ONT router using DHCP Option
3.
• Video traffic is directed to a private IP address — Routes used for the IPTV
service are transmitted to the ONT router using DHCP Option 121.
NAT rules are not used for VoIP traffic since the routes used by this traffic are
received by DHCP Option 121.

DNS requirements
DNS maps a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa. For the
WAN, the ONT receives two series of DNS addresses:
• The first series of received DNS addresses are the primary and secondary
addresses from the IP edge for HSI traffic.
• The second series of received DNS addresses are the primary and secondary
addresses from the IP edge for video services.
All four of these addresses are transmitted using DHCP Option 6.
IGMP functionality
IGMP is a network-layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group
and not to carry user data. When enabled on these ONTs, IGMP possesses fast-leave
capabilities as well as proxy and snooping functions.
Also, the IGMP engine on the ONT features explicit host-tracking of IGMP requests.
If two set-top boxes are seeking to access the same MCST channel, and one of them
is leaving the channel, then the router will keep the channel available for the other
set-top box.
UPnP
UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP/IP for simple
peer-to-peer network connectivity between devices. A UPnP device can dynamically
join a network, obtain an IP address, convey its capabilities, and learn about other
devices on the network. Also, a UPnP device can leave a network smoothly and
automatically when it is no longer in use.
Since the I-241W-P indoor ONT can act as a router for networks with multiple
devices, they have UPnP for their WAN traffic.
Web-based ONT configuration and reporting

The I-241W-P indoor ONT supports limited configuration using a web-based GUI.
The following configuring and reporting procedures can be performed using the
GUI:
• network
• advanced
• maintenance
• status
Procedure 18-1 Login to web-based GUI

1 Open a web browser and enter the IP address of the ONT in the address bar.
The login window appears.
The default gateway IP address is http://192.168.50.101. You can also obtain the
IP address using DHCP after connecting your PC to the layer 3 UNI.

2 Enter your username and password in the Login window.
The default username is root while the default password is admin.
Note — If you forget the current username and password, press the
reset button for 5 s and the default values for the username and
password will be recovered upon start up.
3 Click OK.
Network configuration using the web-based GUI

The following procedures provide the steps for configuring the network settings for
the LAN, WAN, and Wi-Fi service.
Procedure 18-2 Network LAN configuration

1 Select the LAN option from the Network section of the navigation tree in the GPON
ONT window.
The LAN window appears; see Figure 18-7.
Figure 18-7 LAN window
2 Configure the LAN parameters.
Table 18-12 describes the fields in the LAN window.

Table 18-12 LAN parameters
Field Description
MAC Address MAC address of the LAN interface
Local IP Address IP address of the LAN interface in dotted-decimal format.

For example, a sample IP address is 192.168.50.110
Subnet mask Subnet mask of the IP addresses in your LAN. The default
is 255.255.255.0
DHCP server Select either the Enable or Disable radio button. If

enabled, the ONT assigns IP addresses, an IP default
gateway, and DNS servers to computers that support the
DHCP client; for example, Windows 95, Windows NT.
Starting Ip Address Starting IP address of the DHCP IP pool
Client Lease Time Number of minutes of client lease time. A zero means one
day of lease time
IP Address Range IP address of the LAN interface in dotted-decimal format.

entered is from 192.168.50.110 to 192.168.50.120


Note — By default, the LAN DHCP server is enabled. If the PC cannot

get the IP address using DHCP, click Reset on the PC for 5 s and the
default values for the LAN DHCP server will be recovered upon start up.
Procedure 18-3 Network WAN configuration

1 Select the WAN option from the Network section of the navigation tree in the
GPON ONT window.
The WAN window appears.

2 Select one of the following options to obtain the WAN IP address from the Internet
Connection Type drop-down menu.
i PPPoE
The WAN window appears with the PPPoE tab displayed; see Figure 18-8.
Figure 18-8 PPPoE tab of the WAN window
Configure the PPPoE parameters.
Table 18-13 describes the PPPoE fields in the WAN window.
Table 18-13 PPPoE parameters
Field Description
Subnet mask Subnet mask of the WAN interface

DNS Server 1 IP Address of the first DNS server
DNS Server 2 IP Address of the second DNS server

User Name Username for the PPPoE connection
Password Password for the PPPoE connection
Connection Mode Default mode is Keep Alive, which means the connection
is always kept. The Manual option can also be selected
from the drop-down menu
(1 of 2)

Field Description
Redial Period Number of seconds, between 5 and 25, for the redial
period
(2 of 2)
ii Automatic Configuration - DHCP
The WAN window appears with the Automatic Configuration - DHCP tab
displayed; see Figure 18-9.
Figure 18-9 Automatic Configuration - DHCP tab of the WAN window
Configure the DHCP parameters. You can connect or disconnect any DHCP
connection by using the Disconnect and Connect buttons.
Table 18-14 describes the DHCP fields in the WAN window.

Table 18-14 DHCP parameters
Field Description
is 255.255.255.0

iii Static IP
The WAN window appears with the Static IP tab displayed; see Figure 18-10.
Figure 18-10 Static IP tab of WAN window
Configure the Static IP parameters.
Table 18-15 describes the Static IP fields in the WAN window.

Table 18-15 Static IP parameters
Field Description
is 255.255.255.0

Procedure 18-4 Network Wi-Fi configuration

1 Select the Wi-Fi option from the Network section of the navigation tree in the
GPON ONT window.
The WIFI window appears with the General tab displayed; see Figure 18-11.
Figure 18-11 General tab in the Wi-Fi window
Configure the General Wi-Fi parameters.
Table 18-16 describes the fields in the General tab of the Wi-Fi window.

Table 18-16 Wi-Fi parameters
Field Description
Wireless Basic Configuration
Wireless Network Mode Default mode is WPA1/WPA2 Personal. Other options can
be selected from the drop-down menu.
Radio Band Default mode is Auto. Other options can be selected from
the drop-down menu.
Wide Channel Default mode is Auto. Other options can be selected from
the drop-down menu.
Standard Channel Default mode is Auto. Other options can be selected from
the drop-down menu.
2 Select one of the following tabs from the WIFI window.
i SSID1
The WIFI window appears with the SSID1 tab displayed; see Figure 18-12.
Figure 18-12 SSID1 tab of the WIFI window
Configure the Static IP parameters. For SSID1, the DHCP IP pool is the same
as the LAN DHCP IP pool.
Table 18-17 describes the fields in the SSID1 tab.

Table 18-17 SSID1 parameters
Field Description
Wireless Network
SSID Enter the SSID
Legacy Mode Select either Enable or Disable from the drop-down menu
Wireless SSID Broadcast Select either Enable or Disable from the drop-down menu
Wireless SSID Enable Select either Enable or Disable from the drop-down menu
Wireless Aplsolation Select either Enable or Disable from the drop-down menu
WPS Enable Select either Enable or Disable from the drop-down menu
Wireless Security
Security Mode Default mode is WPA1/WPA2 Personal. Other options can

be selected from the drop-down menu.
WPA Version Select either WPA1 or WPA2 from the drop-down menu
Encryption Algorithms Default is AES
Personal Key Your personal key number
Group Key Renewal Number of seconds for group key renewal
ii SSID2
The Wi-Fi window appears with the SSID2 tab displayed; see Figure 18-13.
Figure 18-13 SSID2 tab of the Wi-Fi window
Configure the SSID2 parameters. SSID2 has its own DHCP IP pool.
Table 18-18 describes the fields in the SSID2 tab.

Table 18-18 SSID2 parameters
Field Description
Wireless Network
SSID Enter the SSID
Legacy Mode Select either Enable or Disable from the drop-down menu
Wireless SSID Broadcast Select either Enable or Disable from the drop-down menu
Wireless SSID Enable Select either Enable or Disable from the drop-down menu
Wireless Aplsolation Select either Enable or Disable from the drop-down menu
WPS Enable Select either Enable or Disable from the drop-down menu
DHCP Configuration
Local IP Address IP address of the LAN interface
Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the LAN interface
DHCP server Select either Enable or Disable radio button
Starting Ip Address Starting IP address of DHCP IP pool

Client Lease Time : Number of minutes of client lease time. A zero means one
day of lease time.
IP Address Range : IP address of the LAN interface in dotted-decimal format.

entered is from 192.168.20.210 to 192.168.20.220.
Wireless Security
Security Mode Default is Open security mode
iii State
The Wi-Fi window appears with the State tab displayed; see Figure 18-14.

Figure 18-14 State tab of the Wi-Fi window
Configure the State parameters.
Table 18-19 describes the fields in the State tab.
Table 18-19 State parameters
Field Description
SSID1 WPS Enable Enable PBC or PIN, enter your PIN number, and click
Start1 for SSID1
SSID2 WPS Enable Enable PBC or PIN, enter your PIN number, and click
Start2 for SSID2
WIFI AP Statistics Data
Tx Management Frames Number of management frames that have been

transmitted
Tx Frames with No-Ack Marked Number of frames not marked as acknowledged that have
been transmitted
Total TX Data Packets Number of data packets that have been transmitted
TX Excessive Retries of Aggregates Number of excessive retries that have been transmitted
RX Data Packets Number of data packets that have been received
Rx Failed Because of Bad CRC Number of failed data packets with bad CRC that have
been received
Rx Failed Because Frame Too Short Number of failed data packets with short frames that
have been received
SSID1 State MAC address, received frames and bytes, as well as

transmitted frames and bytes for SSID1
SSID2 State MAC address, received frames and bytes, as well as

transmitted frames and bytes for SSID2

Advanced configuration using the web-based GUI

The following procedures provide the steps for performing advanced ONT
configuration including the setting up of SNTP, DDNS, port forwarding, and
firewalls.
Procedure 18-5 Advanced configuration

1 Select one of the following options from the Advanced section of the navigation
i SNTP
The SNTP window appears; see Figure 18-15.
Figure 18-15 SNTP window
Configure the SNTP parameters. Go to step 2 when you are finished

Table 18-20 describes the fields in the SNTP window.

Table 18-20 SNTP parameters
Field Description
SNTP State Select either the Enable or Disable radio button
NTP Time Server Select an option from the drop-down menu or enter the
IP address or URL of another network time protocol
server
Time Zone Select a time zone from the drop-down menu
ii DDNS
The DDNS window appears; see Figure 18-16.
Figure 18-16 DDNS window
Configure the DDNS parameters. Go to step 3 when you are finished

Table 18-21 describes the fields in the DDNS window.
Table 18-21 DDNS parameters
Field Description
DDNS Service Select a supported DDNS service or select Disable to turn

off DDNS. Supported DDNS services are DynDNS.org and
TZO.com.
User name Username for your DDNS account

Password Password for your DDNS account
(1 of 2)

Field Description
Host Name Host name
(2 of 2)
iii Port Forwarding
The Port Forwarding window appears; see Figure 18-17.
Figure 18-17 Port Forwarding window
Configure the Port Forwarding parameters. Go to step 3 when you are

finished configuring the parameters.
Table 18-22 describes the fields in the Port Forwarding window.

Table 18-22 Port Forwarding parameters
Column Description
Application Name of the application to be filtered. Options are:

• IFIP
• HTTP
• FTP
• Telnet
of the external host, in two fields
Protocol Protocol(s) used by the application. Options are:

• TCP
• UDP
• Both
To IP Address IP address of the host that is currently blocked from the

application
of the internal host, in two fields
Enable Check box to Enable to apply this filter rule; leave box
unchecked to Disable this filter rule
iv Firewall
The Firewall window appears; see Figure 18-18.
Figure 18-18 Firewall window
Configure the Firewall parameters. Go to step 3 when you are finished

configuring parameters.

Table 18-23 describes the fields in the Firewall window.
Table 18-23 Firewall parameters
Field Description
Web Access from LAN Select Enable to enable web access from the LAN or
select Disable to disable web access from the LAN
Web Access from WAN Select Enable to enable web access from the WAN, or
select Disable to disable web access from the WAN
Dmz Select Enable to turn on the demilitarized zone function,
or select Disable to turn off the demilitarized zone
function
Dmz Host Select the first radio button and choose a preexisting (or
preset) LAN host, or select the second radio button and
enter an IP address manually
UPnP Enable Select Enable to enable the UPnP function, or select

Disable to disable the UPnP function
2 Click Submit to save your SNTP configuration changes, then go to step 4.
Maintenance configuration using the web-based GUI

The following procedures provide the steps for performing maintenance tasks on the
ONT.
Procedure 18-6 Maintenance configuration

1 Select one of the following options from the Maintain section of the navigation
i Password

Figure 18-19 Password window
Change your password by using this window, then go to step 2.
Table 18-24 describes the fields in the Password window.
Table 18-24 Password window fields
Field Description
Web New Password New password other than the default one
Re-enter to confirm Confirm the new password by re-entering it
ii Factory Default
The Factory Default window appears; see Figure 18-20.

Figure 18-20 Factory Default window
Click Reset to reset the system configuration to the factory default setting,
then go to step 3.
iii Reboot Device
The Reboot Device window appears; see Figure 18-21.
Figure 18-21 Reboot Device window

Click Reboot to reboot the system, the go to step 3.
iv Upgrade
Figure 18-22 Upgrade window
The ONT supports upgrades using the web. First, put the software image on
the internal PC and enable the FTP server. Second, click Upgrade to get the
software image from the local PC using FTP and display it before the image
is upgraded.
You can also refresh the display of the software image by clicking Refresh.
Status reports using the web-based GUI

The following procedures provide the steps for obtaining ONT status information.
Procedure 18-7 Status report generation

1 Select one of the following options from the Status section of the navigation tree
in the GPON ONT window.
i Device Info
The Device Info window appears; see Figure 18-23.

Figure 18-23 Device Info window
Go to step 3 when you are finished reading the information in the window.
Table 18-25 describes the fields in the Device Info window.
Table 18-25 Device Info window fields
Field Description
Software Version: Current version of the software
Build Date: Date stamp on the software load
Current Time Time when the information was collected
ii WAN Status
The WAN Status window appears; see Figure 18-24.

Figure 18-24 WAN Status window
Table 18-26 describes the fields in the WAN Status window. Go to step 2 if
Table 18-26 WAN Status window fields
Field Description
Internet Connection Type Type of internet connection used by the WAN interface.
Options are:
• PPPOE
• DHCP
• Static IP

Subnet Mask Subnet mask of the WAN interface

Default Gateway IP address of the node on the computer network that is
chosen as default when the IP address does not match any
other routes in the routing table
iii PON Statistics
The PON Statistics window appears; see Figure 18-25.

Figure 18-25 PON Statistics window
Table 18-27 describes the fields in the PON Statistics window. Go to step 2 if
Table 18-27 PON Statistics window fields
Field Description
Tx Packets Number of packets that have been transmitted
Rx Packets Number of packets that have been received
Tx Lost Packets Number of packets lost during transmission

Rx Lost Packets Number of packets lost prior to reception
Rx Error Packets Number of packets that have been received with errors
2 Click Refresh to clear the fields and obtain updated data.

NTP 133 — Install an I-240W-P or
I-241W-P indoor ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an I-240W-P or I-241W-P indoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for I-240W-P or I-241W-P
indoor ONTs.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information

instructions.



• See the detailed specifications in the I-240W-P and I-241W-P unit
data sheet for the temperature ranges for these ONTs.
Procedure
Use this procedure to install an I-240W-P or I-241W-P indoor ONT.

a On the flat surface, such as a desk.
i Wrap the excess optic cable inside the fiber storage tray.
ii Attach the fiber storage tray to the ONT.
iii Place the ONT on the flat surface, horizontally resting on its four feet
as shown in Figure NTP 133-2.
iv Go to step 5.
5 Review the connection locations as shown in Figure NTP 133-1 for the I-240W-P
indoor ONT and Figure NTP 133-2 for the I-241W-P indoor ONT.
Figure NTP 133-1: I-240W-P indoor ONT connections
GE
1 POTS
2
3
4
WiFi PWR
12VDC GPON
A
B ON
OFF
Ethernet 2.5G/
ports (RJ45) G.98
1.25G
Class 4.2 B+
POTS 1 Lase
r
ports
(RJ-11) Wi-Fi
on/off
switch
Power
connector Fiber
optic connector
(internal)
20719

Figure NTP 133-2: I-241W-P indoor ONT connections
GE
1 POTS
2
3
4 RF
WiFi PWR
12VDC GPON
A
B ON
OFF
Ethernet 2.5G/
ports (RJ45) G.98
1.25G
Class 4.2 B+
POTS 1 Lase
r
ports
(RJ-11) Wi-Fi
on/off
switch
F-Type Power
(internal)
20718
8 For the I-241W-P indoor ONT only, connect the coaxial cable to the F-Type
connector (DLP 111).


12 V dc, 1.25 A.
12 If used, enable the Wi-Fi service (DLP 123).



NTP 134 — Replace an I-240W-P or
I-241W-P indoor ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace I-240W-P or I-241W-P indoor ONTs.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for I-240W-P or I-241W-P
indoor ONTs.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information

instructions.



• See the detailed specifications in the I-240W-P and I-241W-P unit
data sheet for the ONT temperature ranges for these ONTs.
Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an I-240W-P or I-241W-P indoor ONT.
2 If used, disable the Wi-Fi service (DLP 123).
3 Disconnect the POTS, Ethernet, coaxial, fiber optic cables (DLP 126), and power
cables from the ONT; see Figure NTP 134-1 for the connector locations on the
I-240W-P indoor ONT and Figure NTP 134-2 for the connection locations on the
I-241W-P indoor ONT.

Figure NTP 134-1: I-240W-P ONT connections
GE
1 POTS
2
3
4
WiFi PWR
12VDC GPON
A
B ON
OFF
Ethernet 2.5G/
ports (RJ45) G.98
1.25G
Class 4.2 B+
POTS 1 Lase
r
ports
(RJ-11) Wi-Fi
on/off
switch
Power
connector Fiber
optic connector
(internal)
20719
Figure NTP 134-2: I-241W-P ONT connections
GE
1 POTS
2
3
4 RF
WiFi PWR
12VDC GPON
A
B ON
OFF
Ethernet 2.5G/
ports (RJ45) G.98
1.25G
Class 4.2 B+
POTS 1 Lase
r
ports
(RJ-11) Wi-Fi
on/off
switch
F-Type Power
(internal)
20718
a On a flat surface, such as a desk.
i Wrap the excess optic cable for the new ONT inside the fiber storage
tray.
ii Attach the fiber storage tray to the new ONT.

iii Substitute the new ONT for the old ONT on a flat surface, horizontally
resting on its four feet as shown in Figures NTP 134-2.
iv Go to step 5.
b On a wall.
wall.
ii Slide the wall mount holes on the ONT enclosure or fiber storage tray of
the new ONT over the mounting screws until it is securely seated.
7 For the I-241W-P indoor ONT only, connect the coaxial cable to the F-Type
connector (DLP 111).
adapters.


12 V dc, 1.25 A.
12 If used, enable the Wi-Fi service (DLP 123).



NTP 135 — Configure an I-240W-P or
I-241W-P ONT
General
software configuration procedure for the I-241W-P ONT.
an ONT interface.

NTP 135 — Configure an I-240W-P or I-241W-P ONT

I-440G-P

19.1 I-440G-P part numbers and identification 19-2
19.2 I-440G-P general description 19-2
19.3 I-440G-P software and installation feature support 19-3
19.4 I-440G-P interfaces and interface capacity 19-3
19.5 I-440G-P LEDs 19-5
19.6 I-440G-P detailed specifications 19-6
19.7 I-440G-P GEM ports and T-CONTs 19-7
19.8 I-440G-P power support 19-7
19.9 I-440G-P functional blocks 19-7
19.10 I-440G-P standards compliance 19-10
19.11 I-440G-P special considerations 19-10

19.1 I-440G-P part numbers and identification
Table 19-1 provides part number and identification information for I-440G-P indoor
ONTs.
Table 19-1 I-440G-P part numbers and identification

I-440G-P 3FE 52959 AT 3FE 52959 DB GPON I-series ONT, version P, 4 POTS and — — —
(customer- 4 GigE Ethernet interfaces. Includes ac/dc
specific power cord with United Kingdom (UK)
3FE 52959 AG 3FE 52959 DA GPON I-series ONT, version P, 4 POTS and — — —
4 GigE Ethernet interfaces.Includes ac/dc
power cord with European (EU) variant
plug.
3FE 52959 AQ GPON I-series ONT, version P, 4 POTS and — — —

4 GigE Ethernet interfaces. Includes ac/dc
power cord with Australian (AU) variant
plug.
3FE 52959 AR GPON I-series ONT, version P, 4 POTS and — — —

4 GigE Ethernet interfaces. Includes ac/dc
power cord with United Kingdom (UK)
variant plug.
19.2 I-440G-P general description
I-440G-P indoor ONTs provide a subscriber interface to the network by terminating

the PON interface and converting it to user interfaces that directly connect to
subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible with all existing subscriber equipment,
including analog phones with both tone and rotary dial capabilities, cordless phones,
modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and Type III).
The I-440G-P indoor ONT provides the following functions:
• IGMP snooping

19.3 I-440G-P software and installation feature support

supported by I-440G-P ONTs.
Table 19-2 I-440G-P indoor ONT software feature support

Location and installation How to install and replace an I-440G-P Install an I-440G-P indoor ONT
options indoor ONT Replace an I-440G-P indoor ONT
19.4 I-440G-P interfaces and interface capacity
Table 19-3 describes the supported interfaces and interface capacity for I-440G-P
indoor ONTs.

Table 19-3 I-440G-P indoor ONT interface connection capacity

and model
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
I-440G-P 4 — 4 — — — — — 1
I-440G-P connections and components

Figure 19-1 shows the I-440G-P ONT physical connections for I-440G-P indoor
ONTs.
Figure 19-1 Physical connections on I-440G-P indoor ONTs
R
WE
PO L
CA
TI N
OP LA
TE
DA M
UP AR
AL TS
PO
GE1
GE2
GE3
GE4
POTS1
POTS2
POTS3
POTS4
Ethernet PWR
ports (RJ45)
POTS
ports (RJ-11)
Power Fiber optic
connector connector
20753
Table 19-4 describes the physical connections for I-440G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 19-4 I-440G-P indoor ONT physical connections
POTS This connection is provided through RJ-11 ports. Up to four POTS

Ethernet connections are supported.The Ethernet ports can support
both data and in-band video services on all four interfaces.

The fiber optic connector is located behind a fiber optic port cover.
Note
power connector.

19.5 I-440G-P LEDs
AL
M
O ER
TS
E
LA
AT
AR
IC
PO
W
PD
PT
AL
PO
U
PO
TS
AL
AR
M UP
DA
TE
LA OPT
N
IC
AL
PO
WER
20603
Table 19-5 I-440G-P indoor ONT LED descriptions
POWER Off No power

Red solid Operating on battery backup power
OPTICAL Red solid Equipment failure or not ranged or synchronized

between OLT and ONT
LAN Off None of the data ports are connected

UPDATE Off No software update

Green solid ONT software download complete
(1 of 2)


Green solid (I-240G-P No alarm, with local access enabled
and I-240G-P RGW)
POTS or Off No POTS provisioned (all phones are on-hook or no phones

(2 of 2)
19.6 I-440G-P detailed specifications
Width 6.8 in. (17.2 cm)

Table 19-7 lists the power consumption specifications for I-440G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 19-7 I-440G-P indoor ONT power consumption specifications

(Not to exceed)
I-440G-P 9W 4 POTS off-hook, 4 Gig-E 4.5 W 4 POTS on-hook, other

provisioned
Table 19-8 lists the environmental specifications for I-440G-P indoor ONTs.
Table 19-8 I-440G-P indoor ONT environmental specifications
Desk or wall Operating: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) Contact your Alcatel-Lucent technical support
mounted 5% to 93% relative humidity, non-condensing representative for more information


19.7 I-440G-P GEM ports and T-CONTs
devices.
Table 19-9 I-440G-P indoor ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and release
Package C ONTs
debugging

debugging
R04.06.45x, R04.00.4x, R04.02.0x, 30
R04.02.40x, R04.02.41x
R04.02.42x 30

R04.06.3x, R04.06.43, R04.07.40, 6
R04.07.45

19.8 I-440G-P power support
The following power supply supports the I-440G-P indoor ONT. Click on the link
19.9 I-440G-P functional blocks
Table 19-10 describes the supported interfaces for I-440G-P indoor ONTs.

Table 19-10 I-440G-P indoor ONT interfaces

ports ports
Single-residence Gigabit 4 4 — — 0 — —
Ethernet ONTs with POTS
and with or without RF video
(I-440G-P indoor ONT)
The I-440G-P indoor ONT is a single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONT with POTS
and Ethernet ports. This ONT transmits Ethernet packets to four RJ-45 Ethernet ports
and voice traffic to four RJ-11 POTS ports. This ONT also features fiber optic and
power connectors.
Figure 19-3 shows the functional blocks for an I-440G-P ONT with Gigabit Ethernet,
POTS, and optional coaxial ports. For the I-440G-P indoor ONT, there is no coaxial
port for RF video service.
video
POTS (4/2/1) RJ-11

GPON Optical
block SOC

Amp
21051
ONT SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for the I-440G-P ONTs; see
Figure 19-4.

Figure 19-4 I-440G-P ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
Switch matrix
Ethernet MOCA GPON

MACs MAC MAC

20241

• GPON MAC
specification.
• Ethernet MAC
• MoCA MAC
specification set.
• DSP interface
• Switch matrix
controller.

19.10 I-440G-P standards compliance
The I-440G-P indoor ONT is compliant with the following standards:

• G.984 support for GPON interface (framing)
provisioning
19.11 I-440G-P special considerations

I-440G-P. When using port-to-port mode, you can only configure one Ethernet port.

I-440G-P ONT considerations and limitations

Table 19-11 lists the considerations and limitations for I-440G-P ONTs.
Table 19-11 I-440G-P ONT considerations and limitations
(1 of 3)



traffic congestion.

supported

• Direct connect
• Warm line
• Home Intercom
• Call park
• Bridged line
(2 of 3)

(3 of 3)

NTP 136 — Install an I-440G-P indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install I-440G-P indoor ONTs.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the I-440G-P indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information

instructions.



Procedure
Use this procedure to install an I-440G-P indoor ONT.

5 Review the connection locations as shown in Figure NTP 136-1.
R
WE
PO L
CA
TI N
OP LA
TE
DA M
UP AR
AL TS
PO
GE1
GE2
GE3
GE4
POTS1
POTS2
POTS3
POTS4
Ethernet PWR
ports (RJ45)
POTS
ports (RJ-11)
Power Fiber optic
connector connector
20753


12 V dc, 1.25 A.


NTP 137 — Replace an I-440G-P indoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace I-440G-P indoor ONTs.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the I-440G-P indoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers

Safety information

instructions.



Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an I-440G-P indoor ONT.
2 Disconnect the POTS, Ethernet, fiber optic (DLP 126), and power cables from the
ONT; see Figure NTP 137-1 for the connector locations on the I-440G-P indoor
ONT.

R
WE
PO L
CA
TI N
OP LA
TE
DA M
UP AR
AL TS
PO
GE1
GE2
GE3
GE4
POTS1
POTS2
POTS3
POTS4
Ethernet PWR
ports (RJ45)
POTS
ports (RJ-11)
Power Fiber optic
connector connector
20753
ONT; go to step 4.
b On a wall.

for an I-440G-P indoor ONT (DLP 115).
adapters.


12 V dc, 1.25 A.


General
software configuration procedure for the I-440G-P ONT.
an ONT interface.


O-010G-A GPON module
20 — O-010G-A GPON module unit data sheet
NTP 139 — Install, replace and configure O-010G-A GPON module ONTs

20 — O-010G-A GPON module unit data
sheet
20.1 O-010G-A part numbers and identification 20-2
20.2 O-010G-A general description 20-2
20.3 O-010G-A software and installation feature support 20-3
20.4 O-010G-A interfaces and interface capacity 20-4
20.5 O-010G-A LEDs 20-4
20.6 O-010G-A detailed specifications 20-4
20.7 O-010G-A GEM ports and T-CONTs 20-5
20.8 O-010G-A power support 20-5
20.9 O-010G-A functional blocks 20-5
20.10 O-010G-A standards compliance 20-8
20.11 O-010G-A special considerations 20-8

20.1 O-010G-A part numbers and identification
Table 20-1 provides identification information about Package B O-010G-A GPON

module ONT that inter-operates with 7705 SAR-M/ME variant platforms.
Table 20-1 Identification of O-010G-A GPON module ONT

code
3HE05126AA (1) O-010G-A Package B, O-series GPON module for — — —

the 7705 SAR-M, version A, 1 Ethernet
interface supported by 1000BASE-T only,
1 GPON interface with data only (no
voice), and iTemp.
Note
(1) See the 7705 SAR-M/ME GPON Module Installation Guide for product identification information and to order this ONT.
20.2 O-010G-A general description
The O-010G-A GPON module is an integrated ONT for the 7705 SAR-M/ME and
does not operate as a stand-alone ONT. It acts as an expansion module for the
7705 SAR-M or 7705 SAR-ME, both which allow multi-service aggregation for the
purpose of mobile backhaul or business services applications.
The O-010G-A GPON module connects through a single Gigabit Ethernet interface
to the backplane of the 7705 SAR-M and extends the services available over an
Ethernet port on the 7705 SAR-M to a GPON network. This ONT enables a single
GPON port uplink from 7705 SAR-M/ME providing inter-operability between
7342 ISAM FTTU or the 7302 ISAM / 7330 ISAM FTTN ETSI converged platform
and its subscriber interface. This interface can be used for both data and control
traffic. The 5520 AMS recognizes the GPON module as a one-port Ethernet ONT
with provisioning support identical to other Package B stand-alone ONTs. The
7705 SAR-M recognizes the GPON module as an extension to one of its Ethernet
ports where all services and scalability limits applicable to an Ethernet port are also
applicable to the GPON module interface to the 7705 SAR-M/ME. Seamless
integration of PON capabilities into the 7705 SAR-M are supported by the
O-010G-A GPON module. The ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to
user interfaces that directly connect to subscriber devices.
The O-010G-A GPON module ONT provides the following functions:
• network demarcation for all services solely through the 7705 SAR-M including
wireless mobile backhaul services
• circuit emulation SAToP as per RFC 4553 and CESoPSN for DS1/E1 and
n x 64kbs as per RFC 5086L2 MPLS encapsulation and L2/L3 GRE
encapsulation supported by 7705 SAR-M.
• network timing recovery synchronization derived from the 8Khz physical layer
clock available on the PON used to drive the SSU on the 7705 SAR-M/ME that
enables output T1/E1 line timing, BITS out and Sync-E (synchronous Ethernet)
on any of the connectors on the base 7705 SAR-M.


interface
• 1490nm and 1310 nm wavelengths for downstream and upstream traffic
• single mode fiber and uses 2x10 SFF SC/APC optical port
• optical budget of 28 dB (without FEC) and an Rx optical sensitivity of -27dB
• optical reach is 20 km
• single and multiple T-CONT mode
• flexible mapping between GEM ports and T-CONTs
• mapping of GEM ports into a T-CONT with priority queues based scheduling
• multicast GEM ports per device
• DBA reporting in status indications in the Physical Layer Overhead Upstream
burst (PLOu), and piggy-back reports in the Dynamic Bandwidth Report
Upstream (DBRu) for mode 0
• additional support for environmental hardening
• GPON physical layer synchronization
• integrated GPON port status and statistics available at the 7705 SAR-M
20.3 O-010G-A software and installation feature support
Table 20-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-010G-A GPON
module ONT.
Table 20-2 O-010G-A software feature support
specifications technical specifications CES encapsulation of DS1/E1 interface is supported
by the 7705 SAR-M/ME.
See 7705 SAR-M/ME GPON Module Installation
Guide for more information
Services supported — See the appropriate OLT user documentation for

Location and installation How to install and replace O-010G-A See 7705 SAR-M/ME GPON Module Installation
options GPON module ONTs Guide for more information
(1 of 2)

Activation methods ONT and MDU overview ONT management at a local site
Both SLID and serial number provisioning are
supported.
See 7705 SAR-M/ME GPON Module Installation

HTTP management Information necessary to manage an ONT management at a local site

for Package C ONTs, or butt set.
Statistics and performance ONT and MDU statistics and Supported ONT counters
monitoring performance monitoring
Supported UPS — See 7705 SAR-M/ME GPON Module Installation

ONT NTP server ONT software and security features NTP server authentication
authentication support See 7705 SAR-M/ME GPON Module Installation
Guide for more information about additional
supported features
802.1X support for — 802.1x authentication is not supported. Operators

Ethernet ports must not attempt to enable this feature.
MAC and IP anti-spoofing — Anti-spoofing mechanism is not supported.

support Operators must not attempt configuration to
enable this feature.
(2 of 2)
20.4 O-010G-A interfaces and interface capacity
Table 20-3 describes the supported interface and interface capacity.
Table 20-3 O-010G-A GPON module ONT interface connection capacity

and model
POTS 10/100 10/100 RF MoCA VDSL2 E1/T1 Local GPON
/BASE- /1000B video craft SC/APC
T ASE-T (CATV)
O-010G-A — — 1 — — — — — —
20.5 O-010G-A LEDs
See 7705 SAR-M/ME GPON Module Installation Guide for more information
20.6 O-010G-A detailed specifications

Temperature range for the O-010G-A ONT is −40°C to +65°C.

Table 20-4 lists the O-010G-A power consumption specifications.
Table 20-4 O-010G-A power consumption specifications

(Not to exceed)
O-010G-A 9.3 W 1 Gig-E operational 7.4 W No Gig-E provisioned
20.7 O-010G-A GEM ports and T-CONTs
Table 20-5 lists the maximum number of supported GEM ports and T-CONTs.
Table 20-5 O-010G-A supported GEM ports and T-CONTs
ONT T-CONTS GEM ports
O-010G-A 32 32
20.8 O-010G-A power support
The O-010G-A GPON module ONT connects through the Gigabit Ethernet port to
the backplane interface of the 7705 SAR-M/ME. Power is supplied by the backplane
interface.
20.9 O-010G-A functional blocks
Table 20-6 describes the O-010G-A supported interfaces.
Table 20-6 O-010G-A ONT interfaces

ports ports
Single-residence Gigabit 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Ethernet ONTs without POTS
and RF video ( O-010G-A
GPON module)

The single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONT represents another variation of the

Package B ONT. In the case of data-only ONTs without POTS or RF video
connections, the Package B ONT SoC-based functional block transmits Ethernet
packets to either one, two, or four RJ-45 Ethernet ports. These ONTs also feature
fiber optic and power connectors, as well as a reset button.
Figure 20-1 shows the functional blocks for a Package B ONT with four Gigabit
Ethernet ports. For those ONTs with either one or two Gigabit Ethernet ports, the
excess ports are blocked by a plastic cover.
Note — The O-010G-A GPON module ONT connects through the

Gigabit Ethernet port to the backplane interface of the
7705 SAR-M/ME. A direct Ethernet connection, reset button, and
power connector do not exist on this type of ONT. Power is supplied
by the backplane interface.
Figure 20-1 Single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONT
Ethernet (1) RJ-45
Ethernet (1) RJ-45

GPON Optical
block SOC
Ethernet (1) RJ-45
Ethernet (1) RJ-45
20391
Package B ONT SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for all Package
B ONTs; see Figure 20-2.

Figure 20-2 Package B ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
Switch matrix
Ethernet MOCA GPON

MACs MAC MAC

20241
Package B ONT SoC technology consists of six key elements:

• GPON MAC
specification.
• Ethernet MAC
• MoCA MAC
specification set.
• DSP interface
• Switch matrix
controller.

Package B ONTs can also interact with additional hardware components to support
20.10 O-010G-A standards compliance
The O-010G-A GPON module ONT meets the following standards:

• ITU-T G.984 compliant framing
• G.984.3 compliant activation with automatic discovery of a serial number and a
password
and provisioning
• 802.1 mapper service profile on the upstream
20.11 O-010G-A special considerations
See 7705 SAR-M/ME GPON Module Installation Guide for more information.

NTP 139 — Install, replace and configure
O-010G-A GPON module ONTs
General
For information about how to order, install, replace, and configure O-010G-A GPON
module ONTs; see 7705 SAR-M/ME GPON Module Installation Guide.

NTP 139 — Install, replace and configure O-010G-A GPON module ONTs

O-240G-P
21 — O-240G-P unit data sheet
NTP 140 — Install an O-240G-P outdoor ONT
NTP 141 — Replace an O-240G-P outdoor ONT
NTP 142 — Configure an O-240G-P ONT

21.1 O-240G-P part numbers and identification 21-2
21.2 O-240G-P general description 21-2
21.3 O-240G-P software and installation feature support 21-2
21.4 O-240G-P interfaces and interface capacity 21-3
21.5 O-240G-P LEDs 21-5
21.6 O-240G-P detailed specifications 21-6
21.7 O-240G-P GEM ports and T-CONTs 21-7
21.8 O-240G-P power support 21-8
21.9 O-240G-P functional blocks 21-8
21.10 O-240G-P standards compliance 21-9
21.11 O-240G-P special considerations 21-10

21.1 O-240G-P part numbers and identification
Table 21-1 provides part numbers and identification information for O-240G-P
outdoor ONTs.
Table 21-1 O-240G-P part numbers and identification

O-240G-P 3FE 53779 AA 3FE 53516 AG GPON O-series ONT, version P, 2 POTS — — —
and 4 GigE Ethernet interfaces. Includes
ac/dc power cord with 12 V/1 A 2-pin
desktop adaptor.
21.2 O-240G-P general description
The O-240G-P outdoor ONT provides a subscriber interface for the network by
Type III).
The O-240G-P outdoor ONT provides the following functions:
• dedicated Multicast GEM port on the downstream
• Broadcast/Multicast rate limiting
• 2.488 Gb/s downstream receiver and 1.244 Gb/s burst mode upstream transmitter
21.3 O-240G-P software and installation feature support

supported by O-240G-P outdoor ONTs.
Table 21-2 O240G-P outdoor ONT software feature support
(1 of 2)

Location and installation How to install and replace O-240G-P Install an O-240G-P outdoor ONT
options outdoor ONTs Replace an O-240G-P outdoor ONT
Statistics and performance ONT and MDU statistics and Performance monitoring statistics for Package D
(2 of 2)
21.4 O-240G-P interfaces and interface capacity
for O-240G-P outdoor ONTs.
Table 21-3 O-240G-P outdoor ONT interface connection capacity

and model
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
O-240G-P 2 — 4 — — — — — 1
The O-240G-P outdoor ONTs are for outdoor deployment and are attached to a wall
using a basket.
Figure 21-1 shows the connections for O-240G-P outdoor ONTs.

Figure 21-1 O-240G-P outdoor ONT physical connections
POTS screw terminals

LEDs
T UNI-V 1
POWER
OPTICAL
ALARM R
POTS ports
UNI-V 2
UNI-D 1
1 2
UNI-D 2
UNI-D 3
UNI-D 4
UNI-D 1
UNI-V 1
UNI-V 2
UPDATE
UNI-D 2
Ethernet ports
Security door UNI-D 3
TELCO
UNI-D 4
RESET Reset button
Optical interface
A B C D E F G
Power and
alarm connectors
Ground
screw
Optical fiber Ground and power POTS and Ethernet

channel cable channel cable channel
21661
Table 21-4 describes the physical connections on O-240G-P outdoor ONTs.
Table 21-4 O-240G-P outdoor ONT physical connections
POTS This connection is provided through RJ-11 ports or screw terminals. Up

to two POTS connections are supported.The POTS ports support voice
services.
interfaces.
Power This connection to the ONT is provided through a + 12 V dc UPS power

connector. A power cable is fitted with an eight-pin connector.
[update]
Fiber optic This connection is provided through a SC/APC fiber optic connector
with SFF-type laser. The fiber optic connector is located behind a fiber
optic port cover on these ONTs.
Note
power connector.

21.5 O-240G-P LEDs
Figure 21-2 shows the O-240G-P outdoor ONT LEDs.
Figure 21-2 O-240G-P outdoor ONT LEDs
POWER POWER
T UNI-V 1
OPTICAL
ALARM R
OPTICAL UNI-D 1
UNI-D 2
1 2
UNI-V 2
UNI-D 3
ALARM UNI-D 4
UNI-V 1
UNI-D 1
UNI-V 2
UPDATE
UNI-D 1 UNI-D 2
UNI-D 2 UNI-D 3
TELCO
UNI-D 3 UNI-D 4
UNI-D 4 RESET
UNI-V 1
A B C D E F G
UNI-V 2
UPDATE
21658
Table 21-5 provides O-240G-P outdoor ONT LED descriptions.
Table 21-5 O-240G-P outdoor ONT LEDs
POWER Off No power

Red solid Operating from battery
OPTICAL Off ONT disabled by OLT

Red solid PON Loss of link
Green solid Optical link is connected and ranged
Green flashing Activity on PON (any data including OMCI)

(1 of 2)

UNI-D1 to UNI-D4 Off No service provisioned or no link detected

Yellow solid 1G link detected
Yellow flashing 1G data activity
Green solid 10/100 link detected
Green flashing 10/100 data activity
UNI-V1 and UNI-V2 Off No POTS service provisioned or no link detected

Green solid Service is provisioned and In-Service and On-Hook
Green flashing Service is provisioned and In-Service and Off-Hook

Red solid ONT software download failure
(2 of 2)
21.6 O-240G-P detailed specifications
Table 21-6 lists the physical specifications for O-240G-P outdoor ONTs with
mounting baskets and brackets.
Table 21-6 O-240G-P outdoor ONT physical specifications
Height 13 in. (33.1 cm)
Width 11 in. (28 cm)
Depth 6 in. (15.3 cm)

Table 21-7 lists the physical specifications for O-240G-P outdoor ONTs without
mounting baskets and brackets.
Table 21-7 O-240G-P outdoor ONT physical specifications
Height 13 in. (33.1 cm)
Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 5 lb (2.3 kg)
Table 21-8 lists power consumption specifications for O-240G-P outdoor ONTs.

Table 21-8 O-240G-P outdoor ONT power consumption specifications

(not to exceed)
O-240G-P 9.5 W 2 POTS off-hook, 4 Gig-E 5.5 W 2 POTS on-hook, other

provisioned
15 W 2 POTS ring, 4 Gig-E
operational
Table 21-9 lists the environmental requirements for O-240G-P outdoor ONTs.
Table 21-9 O-240G-P outdoor ONT environmental requirements
ONT type
wall mounted Operating: Minimum operating altitude is 197 ft

-40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) without solar power (60 m) below sea level to a maximum
of 6000 ft (1800 m) above mean sea
10% to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing level
Storage:
more information
21.7 O-240G-P GEM ports and T-CONTs
O-240G-P outdoor ONTs. Not all ONTs will be supported in all of the releases
indicated the table. See the appropriate release Customer Release Notes for the most
accurate list of supported devices.
Table 21-10 O-240G-P outdoor ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and release
Package D ONTs
debugging

debugging
R04.06.45x, R04.00.4x, R04.02.0x, 30
R04.02.40x, R04.02.41x
R04.02.42x 30
(1 of 2)


R04.06.3x, R04.06.43, R04.07.40, 6
R04.07.45

(2 of 2)
Note
21.8 O-240G-P power support
No specific power supply is supported by the O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
21.9 O-240G-P functional blocks
O-240G-P outdoor ONTs transmit Ethernet packets to four RJ-45 Ethernet ports and
voice traffic to two RJ-11 POTS ports. These ONTs also feature fiber optic and
power connectors.
• GPON MAC
specification.
• Ethernet MAC
• DSP interface
• Switch matrix
MACs, the GPON MAC, the DSP, the control processor, and the other integrated
elements such as flash memory, DRAM, and the local bus controller.

Single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONTs with POTS and with or without RF video
represent another variation of the Package D ONT. In the case of O-240G-P ONTs,
there is no RF video port in addition to POTS and Ethernet ports. These Package D
ONTs transmit Ethernet packets to up to four RJ-45 Ethernet ports, and voice traffic
to either one or two RJ-11 POTS ports.
Figure 21-3 shows the functional blocks for an O-240G-P outdoor ONT with four
Gigabit Ethernet and two POTS ports.
Figure 21-3 Single-residence Gigabit Ethernet ONT with POTS and Ethernet ports
SC/APC
Diplexer
GPON
SOC
SLIC
GE switch
2xRJ11 4xRJ45 PWR

21653
21.10 O-240G-P standards compliance
The O-240G-P outdoor ONT is compliant with the following standards:


provisioning
21.11 O-240G-P special considerations

O-240G-P ONT considerations and limitations

Table 21-11 lists the considerations and limitations for the O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
Table 21-11 O-240G-P outdoor ONT considerations and limitations
Support for up to 32 GEM ports
Support for 32 T-CONTs
Ethernet OA&M (802.1 ag) is not supported
Channel package is not supported
V+G-based downstream multicast VLAN translation is not supported
The ONT pads packets to 104 as SoC limitation
IGMPv3 snooping with SSM is not supported. IGMPv3 snooping without SSM is supported.

ONT does not support service classification by Ethertype
The uplink port of the SoC chipset is limited to 1 Gb/s
IPv6 is not supported

NTP 140 — Install an O-240G-P outdoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
General
The steps listed in this NTP describe how to install an O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers
• screw for the security door

Safety information

Warning — Observe the following:
• Do not install electrical equipment in wet or damp conditions.

• To avoid the possibility of electrical shock, DO NOT connect the
external PSTN line directly to the RJ-11 ports on this ONT.

package.

the NEC or CEC.
• Outdoor ONTs must be installed with cables that are suitably rated
and listed for outdoor use.
Procedure
Use this procedure to install an O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
2 Mount the outdoor ONT unit:
a Select a safe and accessible site on the wall to install the ONT.
b Drill three holes in the wall that align with the mounting holes in the ONT
enclosure.
c Fasten the ONT mounting bracket to the wall using three screws.
Mount the ONT with the arrow molded into the mounting bracket pointing
upward as shown in Figure NTP 140-1.

Figure NTP 140-1: O-240G-P outdoor ONT mounting bracket
UP
21686
d Fasten the ONT to the mounting bracket using two screws as shown in
Figure NTP 140-2
Figure NTP 140-2: O-240G-P outdoor ONT mounted in the bracket
21687
3 Open the enclosure door on the O-240G-P outdoor ONT as shown in

Figure NTP 140-3.

Figure NTP 140-3: O-240G-P outdoor ONT enclosure door
ONT enclosure door
21649
Figure NTP 140-4: O-240G-P outdoor ONT connections

LEDs
T UNI-V 1
POWER
OPTICAL
ALARM R
POTS ports
UNI-V 2
UNI-D 1
1 2
UNI-D 2
UNI-D 3
UNI-D 4
UNI-D 1
UNI-V 1
UNI-V 2
UPDATE
UNI-D 2
Ethernet ports
TELCO
UNI-D 4
RESET Reset button
Optical interface
A B C D E F G
Power and
alarm connectors
Ground
screw

21661

5 Connect the POTS cables from the external telephone to the screw terminals on
the ONT (DLP 102).
7 Unlock the security door of the O-240G-P outdoor ONT by loosening the screw and
open the door.
8 Review the SC/APC and power connection locations shown in Figure NTP 140-4.
9 Connect the SC/APC fiber optic cable to the Optical interface (DLP 118).

Caution — Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from the ends of

un-terminated fiber cables or connectors. Never look directly into an
un-terminated cable or connector.
10 Connect the power and alarm cables to the O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
i Connect the power socket of the ONT to the socket of the secondary battery
by using electrical wire. The connection should be one-to-one and compliant
with the definitions contained in Table NTP 140-1.
Table NTP 140-1: Pin assignments on the connector
Pin Definition Pin Definition

A +12V - Power input (+ 12V) E REP BAT - Replace battery
B 12 VRTN - power return F BAT MIS - Battery missing
C SIG RTN - Signal returning G LOW BAT - Low battery

D ON BAT - On battery power H Not assigned

ii Connect the O-240G-P outdoor ONT to the DVE switching adapter located
indoors using the dc output cable.
• When routing the dc output cable from an indoor DVE switching

adapter to the O-240G-P outdoor ONT, use of an outdoor approved
flexible conduit per local Electrical Codes is required.
iii Verify that the power (PWR) LED on the ONT is displaying green which
indicates that ac power is working.

12 V dc, 1.25 A.
11 Connect the ground wire (DLP 135).
12 Close the security door and lock it by tightening the screw.
17 Close the enclosure door on the O-240G-P outdoor ONT.

NTP 141 — Replace an O-240G-P outdoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace an O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
General
The steps listed in this NTP describe how to replace an O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• wire strippers
• screw for the security door

Safety information

Warning — Observe the following:
• Do not install electrical equipment in wet or damp conditions.

• To avoid the possibility of electrical shock, DO NOT connect the
external PSTN line directly to the RJ-11 ports on this ONT.

package.

the NEC or CEC.
• Outdoor ONTs must be installed with cables that are suitably rated
and listed for outdoor use.
Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
2 Open the enclosure door on the O-240G-P outdoor ONT shown in Figure NTP 141-1.

Figure NTP 141-1: O-240G-P outdoor ONT enclosure door
ONT enclosure door
21649
3 Disconnect the POTS and Ethernet cables from the ONT in the following order; see
Figure NTP 141-2 for the connector locations on the O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
i Disconnect the POTS cables from the external telephone to the screw
terminals.
ii Disconnect the Ethernet cables from the RJ-45 ports.

Figure NTP 141-2: O-240G-P outdoor ONT connections

LEDs
T UNI-V 1
POWER
OPTICAL
ALARM R
POTS ports
UNI-V 2
UNI-D 1
1 2
UNI-D 2
UNI-D 3
UNI-D 4
UNI-D 1
UNI-V 1
UNI-V 2
UPDATE
UNI-D 2
Ethernet ports
TELCO
UNI-D 4
RESET Reset button
Optical interface
A B C D E F G
Power and
alarm connectors
Ground
screw

21661
4 Unlock the security door of the O-240G-P outdoor ONT by loosening the screw and
open the door.
5 Disconnect the remaining cables from the ONT in the following order; see
Figure NTP 141-2 for the connector locations on O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
i Disconnect the SC/APC fiber optic cable (DLP 126).
ii Disconnect the power and alarm cables.
iii Disconnect the ground wire.

6 Replace the wall mounted ONT with a new unit:
i Loosen the two screws fastening the old ONT to the mounting bracket (shown
in Figure NTP 141-3) and remove the ONT from the mounting bracket.
Figure NTP 141-3: O-240G-P outdoor ONT mounted in the bracket
21687
ii Fasten the replacement ONT to the mounting bracket using the two screws
as shown in Figure NTP 141-3.
7 Connect the POTS cables from the external telephone to the screw terminals on
the ONT (DLP 102).

adapters.

11 Connect the power and alarm cables to the O-240G-P outdoor ONT.
i Connect the power socket of the ONT to the socket of the secondary battery
by using electrical wire. The connection should be one-to-one and compliant
with the definitions contained in Table NTP 141-1.
Table NTP 141-1: Pin assignments on the connector
Pin Definition Pin Definition
A +12V - Power input (+ 12V) E REP BAT - Replace battery
B 12 VRTN - power return F BAT MIS - Battery missing
C SIG RTN - Signal returning G LOW BAT - Low battery
D ON BAT - On battery power H Not assigned
ii Connect the O-240G-P outdoor ONT to the DVE switching adapter located
indoors using the dc output cable.
• When routing the dc output cable from an indoor DVE switching

adapter to the O-240G-P outdoor ONT, use of an outdoor approved
flexible conduit per local Electrical Codes is required.
iii Verify that the power (PWR) LED on the ONT is displaying green which
indicates that ac power is working.

12 V dc, 1.25 A.
13 Close the security door and lock it by tightening the screw.

18 Close the enclosure door on the O-240G-P outdoor ONT.


General
software configuration procedure for O-240G-P outdoor ONTs.
an ONT interface.


O-421E-B
22 — O-421E-B unit data sheet
NTP 143 — Install an O-421E-B outdoor ONT
NTP 144 — Replace an O-421E-B outdoor ONT
NTP 145 — Configure an O-421E-B outdoor ONT

22.1 O-421E-B part numbers and identification 22-2
22.2 O-421E-B general description 22-2
22.3 O-421E-B software and installation feature support 22-3
22.4 O-421E-B interfaces and interface capacity 22-4
22.5 O-421E-B ONT LEDs 22-8
22.6 O-421E-B detailed specifications 22-10
22.7 O-421E-B GEM ports and T-CONTs 22-12
22.8 O-421E-B power support 22-12
22.9 O-421E-B functional blocks 22-12
22.10 O-421E-B standards compliance 22-14
22.11 O-421E-B special considerations 22-14

22.1 O-421E-B part numbers and identification
Table 22-1 provides identification information about O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.
Table 22-1 O-421E-B part numbers and identification

code
3FE 50683 AA O-421E-B GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 4 POTS, BVM3D00CRA 209101 449268
3FE 50683 AJ 2 Ethernet interfaces for both data and IP BVM4T10DRA 210861 453976
video, EPC jumper for +12V EPC, RF video,
craft interfaces, and SC/APC interface
The AJ variant provides optics that support
received signal strength indication (RSSI).
3FE 50683 AE GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 4 POTS, BVM3H00CRA 209105 449272
2 Ethernet interfaces for both data and IP BVM4410DRA 210866 453983
video supporting PLL, EPC jumper for +12V
EPC, RF video, craft interfaces, and SC/APC
interface
3EM 23162 AA — Gemtek HPAC-100 dongle for use with the — — —

O-421E-B ONT. This device uses HPNA 3.1
technology to provide a RF return path and
contains 2 RF coax ports and 2
10/100BASE-T Ethernet RJ-45 output ports.
Power is supplied by a 12 V dc 500 mA cable
connected to the first Ethernet RJ-45 port.
3EM 23161 AA — Power injector is an optional device for use — — —

with the O-421E-B and Gemtek dongle.
Contains 1 Ethernet Power Connection
(EPC)/Data port and 1 10/100BASE-T
Ethernet RJ-45 output port. The power
injector connects to the first Ethernet RJ-45
port and is used only if power to the ONT is
not supplied by the 12 V dc 500 mA cable.
Note
(1) See the Chapter 2 Part numbers, ordering, and deployment configuration overview guide for product identification
information.
22.2 O-421E-B general description
The O-421E-B outdoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the network by
Type III).
Outdoor ONTs are externally hardened for outdoor deployment. A tamper-resistant
mechanical fitting prevents unauthorized entry. There are two inner covers and an
outer cover that seals the enclosure. Under the outer cover, a nested inner cover
prevents access to fiber and power terminals, but allows an unobstructed view of
status LEDs, POTS, Ethernet, and RF video connections. The connections are
accessible without opening the fiber and power protection cover.

The O-421E-B outdoor ONT provides the following functions:

layers
interface
and provisioning
22.3 O-421E-B software and installation feature support

supported by O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.
Table 22-2 O-421E-B ONT software feature support
overview functions
SWRD interface specifications
guidelines

Location and installation How to install and replace an Install an O-421E-B outdoor ONT
options O-421E-B outdoor ONT Replace an O-421E-B outdoor ONT
Activation method — —
or butt set.
(1 of 2)

(2 of 2)
22.4 O-421E-B interfaces and interface capacity
Table 22-3 describes the supported interfaces and interface capacity for O-421E-B
outdoor ONTs.
Table 22-3 O-421E-B ONT interface connection capacity

and model
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
O-421E-B 4 2 — 1 — — — 1 1 (1)
Note
(1) The O-421E-B part number 3FE 50683 AE has an OptiTap connector.
O-421E-B connections and components

Figure 22-1 shows the physical connections for O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.

Figure 22-1 Physical connections on O-421E-B outdoor ONTs
Jumper cable
EPC terminal
EPC terminal for +12V POE
Craft port (IDC connector)
Power
connector
Alarm terminal
(IDC connector)
Ethernet
plugs
POTS
test ports
SC/APC T R
adapter TELCO
(OptiTap
optical
connector
also
available)
POTS screw
connectors
Ground
wire
terminal
F type coaxial
connector
Ground wire
terminal
18746
Table 22-4 describes the O-421E-B outdoor ONT physical connections.
Table 22-4 O-421E-B outdoor ONT connections
Craft port The craft port is used for a local management console connection to the
outdoor ONT.
POTS connections This connection is provided through a screw-down terminal and RJ-11
port. Four POTS connections are supported.
Data, IP video, and This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45 connectors. Two
VoIP connections Ethernet connections are supported for both data and IP video services.
(1 of 2)

EPC connector This connection provides an Ethernet power connection jumper that
enables + 12V to be supplied to power SWRD for CATV return channel
support.
Power and alarm Power and alarm connections to an external UPS with support for battery
connections alarms are provided
PON optical This connection is provided through SC/APC or OptiTap/APC connectors

connection for the physical interface to the PON.
RF video This connection is provided through the F-type connector for CATV
service.
RF return path This connection is provided through the F-type connector using HPNA 3.1
connection over coax.
(2 of 2)
Figure 22-2 shows the O-421E-B outdoor ONT with the inner cover closed as well
as cable entry points and enclosure locking mechanisms.
Figure 22-2 O-421E-B with inner cover closed
Telco access
bolt position
Fiber
cable
port Padlock bypass
Subscriber access
Lower mounting screw position
pedestal Subscriber padlock
Voice, data, video, eyelet position
power, alarms, and
ground port
18222
Figure 22-3 shows the Gemtek dongle that can be used with O-421E-B outdoor
ONTs.

Figure 22-3 Gemtek dongle
le
et RF cab
Ethern
Power
Earth ground
19816
Figure 22-4 shows a cabled Gemtek dongle mounted in a cable storage tray (3EM
17661AC) that can be used with the O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.
Figure 22-4 Mounted Gemtek dongle with cables
PWR LAN HPNA
LINK LINK
ACT ACT
Gemtek dongle
mounting tabs
Earth ground RF IN RF out +

DATA IN + HPNA
12VDC PWR IN DATA OUT
19945

22.5 O-421E-B ONT LEDs
Figure 22-5 shows the O-421E-B outdoor ONT LEDs.
Figure 22-5 O-421E-B outdoor ONT LEDs
Craft port
EPC
CRAFT
RTN GRN
AC FAIL SLT
RPLC BATT BRN
BATT MISS ORN
LOW BATT BLU
LINK
1
MODE
RJ-45 status LEDs
T R LINK
2
MODE TEL
LINE
1
LINE
2
LINE
3
LINE
4
ONT status LEDs

PWR
BTRY
FAIL
VID
DATA
NTWK
MGMT
POTS
MGMT
18211
Table 22-5 lists O-421E-B outdoor ONT LEDs
Table 22-5 O-421E-B outdoor ONT LEDs
PWR Off Not powered

Green solid Power is available
BTRY Off Battery failed or battery low or battery missing

Green solid Battery good, charged, and there is no battery alarm
FAIL Off Equipment 100% operational

Red solid Equipment failure or not ranged or synchronized (no 1490 nm link)
VID (1) Off Video signal above acceptable level or not provisioned
Red solid Service provisioned and optical video signal below acceptable level
DATA Off No link or data not provisioned

Green solid Link active (Ethernet or MoCA)
NTWK Off 1490 nm data path is unavailable

Green solid 1490 nm data path is available
(1 of 2)

MGMT INT Off No communication between OLT and ONT

Green solid Full communication between OLT and ONT
Green flashing ONT disabled
MOCA (3) Off Not provisioned or no MoCA link to device

Green flashing Activity (approximately 1 s on, 1 s off)
When device is not connected to the PON
POTS (2) Off No SLID activity and all phones on-hook

Green flashing periodic SLID input mode
Green flashing patterned Provisioned SLID in SLID output mode
When device is connected to the PON
POTS Off All phones are on-hook, POTS is not provisioned, or no phones connected
Green solid Any customer is off-hook
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) The VID LED is only functional for RF video-equipped ONTs.
(2) See the SLID configuration information in SLID and LED behavior in this chapter for a description of SLID output mode LEDs.
(3) The MOCA LED is only functional for MoCA-equipped ONTs.
Table 22-6 lists the RJ-45 LEDs on O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.
Table 22-6 O-421E-B outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs
Indicator (1) LED color and LED behavior description

behavior
LINK Off Not detected

Yellow solid 100 Mb/s operation
Note
(1) The RJ-45 connectors on the O-421E-B outdoor ONT can be used to power the Gemtek dongle, which has three LEDs. For
more information about these LEDs, see the manufacturer specifications.
Table 22-7 lists Gemtek dongle LEDs.
Table 22-7 Gemtek dongle LEDs
PWR Off Power failure or disconnect

Green solid Power is available
(1 of 2)

LAN, LINK ACT Off None of the data ports is connected

Green solid Either data In/Out device/port is connected
Green flashing Either data In/Out device/port is active and passing traffic. Faster
flashes indicate faster traffic rates.
HPNA, LINK ACT Off No HPNA-compliant device is connected

Green solid or slow flashing HPNA-compliant device is connected
Green fast flashing HPNA-compliant device is connected and passing traffic
(2 of 2)
22.6 O-421E-B detailed specifications
Table 22-8 lists the physical specifications for O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.
Table 22-8 O-421E-B outdoor ONT physical specifications
Height 13.5 in. (34.29 cm)
Width 12.0 in. (30.48 cm)
Depth (1) 4.3 in. (10.92 cm)

Weight (2) 7 lb (3.18 kg)
Notes
(1) Depth does not include the fiber storage tray.
(2) Weight is within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg).
Table 22-9 lists the power consumption specifications for O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.
Table 22-9 O-421E-B outdoor ONT power consumption specifications

power (Not to power
exceed)
O-421E-B 9W 4 POTS off-hook, 2 5W 4 POTS on-hook, other

Ethernet and Video interfaces/services not
operational provisioned
Table 22-10 lists the environmental specifications for O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.
Table 22-10 O-421E-B outdoor ONT environmental specifications
Outdoor 10/100Base-T and 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ONTs (O-421E-B)
(1 of 2)


Wall mounted with Operating: Maximum operating altitude is 10 000 ft (3048
or without fiber –40°F to 115°F (–40°C to 46°C) with solar m) above mean sea level
storage loading (1) (2)
compartment
–40°F to 140°F (–40°C to 60°C) without solar
loading
Maximum temperature for deployments that
include a Gemtek dongle installed within a
fiber compartment is 111°F (44°C) with solar
loading

–40°F to 158°F (–40°C to 70°C) (12192 m) above mean sea level
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) The maximum solar load is 753 W/m2.
(2) Solar loading per GR-950.
Table 22-11 lists RF video interface specifications for O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.
Table 22-11 O-421E-B ONTs RF video service specifications
RF video features Specifications
RF output level +14 dBmV @ 450 MHz using a per analog channel
measurement at the ONT output (1)
RF slope correction (tilt) 5 to 8 dB from 50 to 870 MHz
Optical power range + 1.0 to –6.0 dB
CNR 45 dB
CSO/CTB 53 dB
MER 32 dB
QAM signal-to-noise ratio 40 dB
Measurement assumptions
Channel load 80 analog and 33 QAM
Digital backoff QAM-256 6 dB (QAM-256)
Digital backoff QAM-64 10 dB (QAM-64)
PON input CNR 52 dB
Note
(1) It is the responsibility of the customer installation crew to ensure proper on-site layout of video
distribution by verifying that the output power at the end devices, such as the TV, VCR, and STB,
is between 0 to 14 dBmV.

22.7 O-421E-B GEM ports and T-CONTs
devices.
Table 22-12 O-421E-B outdoor ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and release
Package A ONTs

debugging

22.8 O-421E-B power support
The following power supply supports the O-421E-B outdoor ONT. Click on the link
• CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS unit data sheet
• Delta DUPS-1232A UPS unit data sheet
• Li Tone Electronics AC/DC switching power adapter unit data sheet
22.9 O-421E-B functional blocks
Table 22-13 describes the supported interfaces for O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.
Table 22-13 O-421E-B outdoor ONT interfaces

BASE-T
Ethernet
connectors
Single-residence outdoor 4 2 1 0 0
ONTs (O-421E-B)
equipment. The data and IP video subsystems support RJ-45 ports. The ONT
connects to the GPON using a optical connector.


Power
Converter
POTS (4) RJ-11

GPON Diplexer SOC
Ethernet (2) RJ-45
18783
Figure 22-7.
Figure 22-7 O-421E-B ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control SoC DSP

processor
SoC Bridge
Ethernet GPON
MACs MAC
Ethernet ports GPON

19421

• GPON MAC

• Ethernet MAC
CODEC/SLIC devices.
Ethernet services.
• SoC bridge
22.10 O-421E-B standards compliance
The O-421E-B outdoor ONT is compliant with the following standards:

provisioning
• G.984.3 support for dynamic bandwidth allocation
and provisioning
22.11 O-421E-B special considerations
FEC is not supported on the O-421E-B outdoor ONT.

The VLANs between the ONT and the dongle are fixed:
• VLAN ID 35 carries the IP multicast stream from the ONT to the subscriber.
• VLAN ID 38 carries the RF return path from the subscriber to the ONT.
To ensure the proper mapping of the VLANs from the subscriber-side to the
network-side, the following configurations are required:
• Two HSI services are needed: one to carry the IP multicast stream from the PON
to the subscriber, and the other to carry the RF return path from the subscriber to
the IPTV service provider.
• The ONT UNI ports that support the HSI services must be configured for VLAN
translation mode in the QoS marker profile.

• The HSI services must be properly configured so that:

• VLAN ID 35 maps to the IPTV C-VLAN on the PON
• VLAN ID 38 maps to the RF return path (AMR) C-VLAN on the PON
• The AMR PON C-VLAN must be configured in pass-through mode.
Figure 22-8 illustrates the mapping of dongle VLANs in the upstream direction.
Figure 22-8 Mapping of dongle VLANs
ONT
OLT
HSI VLAN = 101
IPTV iB IPTV CVLAN HPNA
1 Ethernet PON Translator 100 BT 100 BT Dongle
AMR iB AMR CVLAN
2 AMR VLAN = 4038
1 IPTV SVLAN = MC VLAN

2 AMR SVLAN = NW CVLAN
19828

O-421E-B ONT considerations and limitations

Table 22-14 lists the considerations and limitations for O-421E-B ONTs.
Table 22-14 O-421E-B ONT considerations and limitations

a mismatch alarm
IPoE-based VLANs
to that GEM port
(1 of 2)

(2 of 2)
O-421E-B ONT hardware limitations

Table 22-15 lists the hardware limitations for the O-421E-B outdoor ONT when
Table 22-15 O-421E-B outdoor ONT hardware limitations
Limitation Parameters (1) Service (s)
For the O-421E-B ONT the link will come up in half duplex autodetect ONT
when the link partner is manually configured to 10 or 100 Ethernet
Mb/s, if you configure the ONT for AUTOFD. All other ONTs port
will not link up in this situation. The TL1 command
REPT-OPSTAT-ONTENET will indicate the link status.
Note

NTP 143 — Install an O-421E-B outdoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an O-421E-B outdoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe the steps to install an O-421E-B outdoor ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• security wrench for pinned 5/32 in. (4 mm) Allen-type tamper-resistant screws
• insulated side cutters
• electrician’s knife
• wire strippers
• fork lug crimp tool (if installing bulk cable and lugs) 16 AWG
• 14 AWG ground wire
• ferrite cores shipped with the ONT [Fair-rite 0431164281 (1AB 09397 0031) and
0431167281 (1AB 09397 0026)]
• one 10 to 14 AWG ground wire and another 14 AWG wire
• 22-28 AWG wire jumper


Safety information

Warning 1 — The earth bonding terminal must be connected to an

approved earth connection before the ac power is applied.

should be used when entering the TELCO Access portion of the outdoor
ONT.
• The outdoor ONT is intended to be installed in accordance with the

• The outdoor ONT must be installed by qualified service personnel
only.
• Units installed outdoors must be installed with cables that are
suitably rated and listed for outdoor use.
• When moving the packaged unit from one environmental condition
to another, let the unit remain in the sealed packaging until it has
stabilized to the new environment. This prevents the unit from
forming internal condensation.
• Units have not been evaluated for use with external wiring in excess
of 140 ft (42.7 m) with the exception of the power cable, which must
not exceed 100 ft (30.5 m).
Procedure
Use this procedure to install an O-421E-B outdoor ONT.
2 If used with an O-421E-B outdoor ONT (3FE 50683 AJ), mount a Gemtek dongle in
a fiber storage compartment (3EM 17661 AC), see DLP 130.

3 Mount the ONT:
a If you are not using a fiber storage compartment, see DLP 134.
b If you are using a fiber storage compartment (3EM 17661 AB), see DLP 131.
c If you are using a fiber storage compartment (3EM 17661 AC), see DLP 132.
d If you are using a fiber storage compartment (3EM 20293 AA), see DLP 133.
4 Review the outdoor ONT connections; see Figure NTP 143-1.
Figure NTP 143-1: O-421E-B outdoor ONT connections
EPC terminal
Craft port (IDC connector)
Power
connector
Alarm terminal
(IDC connector)
Ethernet
plugs
POTS
test ports
SC/APC T R
adapter TELCO
(OptiTap
optical
connector
also
available)
POTS screw
connectors
Ground
wire
terminal
F type coaxial
connector
Ground wire
terminal
18198
5 Route and secure the cables to the ONT (DLP 106.
7 Connect the POTS cables to a screw terminal, see DLP 102.
8 Connect the Ethernet cables to an RJ-45, see DLP 101.

9 If supported and required, install the EPC wire jumper (22 - 28 AWG wire) in the
IDC connector jumper ports and push down on both buttons.
10 If supported, connect the coaxial cable (DLP 111.)
11 Connect the power and alarm cables.
a If you are connecting the power and alarm wires to a screw terminal, see
DLP 109.
b If you are connecting the power and alarm wires to a Phoenix connector, see
DLP 108.
12 If used, connect the Gemtek dongle.
i Connect the Gemtek dongle cables to the ONT as well as the device at the
subscriber location (DLP 104).
ii Install a 10 to 14 AWG ground wire connecting the Earth ground on the

Gemtek dongle (as shown in Figure NTP 143-2) to the Service Entrance
grounding rod (a National Electrical Code requirement).

Figure NTP 143-2: Earth ground and mounting tabs on a Gemtek dongle
PWR LAN HPNA
LINK LINK
ACT ACT
Gemtek dongle
mounting tabs

DATA IN + HPNA
19945
iii Install a 14 AWG chassis wire (either with or without a ring lug) that connects
one of the screws in a Gemtek dongle mounting tab (as shown in
Figure NTP 143-2) to an unused lug on one of the ONT ground wire terminals
(as shown in Figure NTP 143-1).
Note 1 — Attach the ground wire to the Earth ground screw only and
not to any of the other screws on the Gemtek dongle. Loosening any of
the provided chassis screws may void the watertight seal on the dongle.
Note 2 — The grounding wire connecting the Gemtek dongle to the ONT
is not sufficient to ground the entire unit. Both the dongle and ONT
require a separate Earth ground and then another ground that connects
these two pieces of hardware together.
13 Install the UPS according to manufacturer specifications (DLP 107).

a If you are connecting the fiber optic cable to an SC/APC connector, see
DLP 118.
b If you are connecting the fiber optic cable to an OptiTap connector, see
DLP 117.
18 Close the TELCO access cover in the outdoor ONT unit and secure using the
security wrench.
19 Close the front cover of the outdoor ONT unit and secure using the security
wrench.

NTP 144 — Replace an O-421E-B outdoor
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace an O-421E-B outdoor ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the O-421E-B outdoor
ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• security wrench for pinned 5/32 in. (4 mm) Allen-type tamper-resistant screws
• torque wrench
• insulated side cutters
• wire strippers
• fork lug crimp tool (if installing bulk cable and lugs) 16 AWG
• one 10 to 14 AWG ground wire and another 14 AWG wire


Safety information

Warning 1 — The earth bonding terminal shall be connected to an

approved earth connection before the ac power is applied.

should be used when entering the TELCO Access portion of the outdoor
ONT.
• The outdoor ONT is intended to be installed in accordance with the

• The outdoor ONT must be installed by qualified service personnel
only.
• Units installed outdoors must be installed with cables that are
suitably rated and listed for outdoor use.
• When moving the packaged unit from one environmental condition
to another, let the unit remain in the sealed packaging until it has
stabilized to the new environment. This avoids the unit forming
internal condensation.
• Units have not been evaluated for use with external wiring in excess
of 140 ft (42.7 m) with the exception of the power cable, which must
not exceed 100 ft (30.5 m).
Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an O-421E-B outdoor ONT.
2 Unplug the UPS and disconnect the power, alarm, Ethernet, POTS, and Coaxial
cables from the ONT (DLP 125).
3 If used with an O-421E-B outdoor ONT (3FE 50683 AJ), unplug the power cable and
coaxial cables for the Gemtek dongle.

4 Disconnect the fiber optic cable.
a For an SC/APC fiber optic connector, go to DLP 126.
b For an OptiTap fiber optic connector, disconnect the OptiTap connector and
go to step 6.
5 Remove the disconnected O-421E-B outdoor ONT.
If you also need to replace the Gemtek dongle, see DLP 130.
6 Mount the new ONT and reattach the Ethernet, POTS, coaxial, power, and alarm
cables. Plug the UPS back into the power source. (DLP 143.)
7 If used, reconnect the Gemtek dongle.
i Connect the Gemtek dongle cables to the ONT as well as the device at the
subscriber location (DLP 104).
ii Install a 10 to 14 AWG ground wire connecting the Earth ground on the

Gemtek dongle (as shown in Figure NTP 144-1) to the Service Entrance
grounding rod (a National Electrical Code requirement).

Figure NTP 144-1: Earth ground and mounting tabs on a Gemtek dongle
PWR LAN HPNA
LINK LINK
ACT ACT
Gemtek dongle
mounting tabs

DATA IN + HPNA
19945
iii Install a 14 AWG chassis wire (either with or without a ring lug) that connects
one of the screws in a Gemtek dongle mounting tab (as shown in
Figure NTP 144-1) to an unused lug on one of the ONT ground wire terminals.
Note 1 — Attach the ground wire to the Earth ground screw only and
not to any of the other screws on the Gemtek dongle. Loosening any of
the provided chassis screws may void the watertight seal on the dongle.
Note 2 — The grounding wire connecting the Gemtek dongle to the ONT
is not sufficient to ground the entire unit. Both the dongle and ONT
require a separate Earth ground and then another ground that connects
these two pieces of hardware together.

9 If required, clean the fiber optic connection using one of the following two
methods:
a If you are approved service personnel, use authorized practices to handle,

inspect, and clean the fiber optic connection.
b If you are not approved service personnel, have approved service personnel
trained to work with optic fiber clean the fiber optic connection.
See DLP 127 for more information about fiber optic handling, inspection, and
cleaning.
adapters.
a If you are connecting the fiber optic cable to an SC/APC connector, see
DLP 118.
b If you are connecting the fiber optic cable to an OptiTap connector, see
DLP 117.

13 Close the TELCO access cover in the outdoor ONT unit and secure using the
security wrench.
14 Close the front cover of the outdoor ONT unit and secure using the security
wrench.


NTP 145 — Configure an O-421E-B
outdoor ONT
General
software configuration procedure for O-421E-B outdoor ONTs.
an ONT interface.

NTP 145 — Configure an O-421E-B outdoor ONT

O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,
O-16160E-Q, O-24240E-Q
23 — O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q unit

data sheet
NTP 146 — Install an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or

O-24240E-Q MDUs
NTP 147 — Replace an O-00160V-Q, O-16160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, or

O-24240E-Q MDUs
NTP 148 — Configure an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or

O-24240E-Q MDUs

23 — O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,
O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q unit
data sheet
23.1 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q part

numbers and identification 23-3
23.2 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q

general description 23-4

software and installation feature support 23-4

interfaces and interface capacity 23-5
23.5 O-00160E-Q. O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q

LEDs 23-7

detailed specifications 23-8
23.7 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q GEM

ports and T-CONTs 23-9
23.8 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q power

support 23-10

functional blocks 23-10

23 — O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q unit data sheet

standards compliance 23-11

special considerations 23-11


part numbers and identification
Table 23-1 provides part numbers and identification information for O-00160E-Q,
O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs.
Table 23-1 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q part numbers and identification
Mnemonic Ordering kit part Provisioning Description CLEI CPR ECI/Bar

number part number code
O-00160E-Q 3FE 53899 AA 3FE 53516 AF MDU supports voice, data, IP video, — — —
(AC/DC plug EU) and IPTV services buts not RF video
service or VDLS2. Support for up to
3FE 53899 AB sixteen fast Ethernet 10/100Base-T — — —
(AC/DC plug AU) interfaces and sixteen POTS
interfaces.
3FE 53899 AC — — —
(AC/DC plug UK) Throughput of the optical traffic
across the GPON is 2.488 Gb/s
downstream and 1.244 Gb/s
upstream.
O-00240E-Q 3FE 53898 AA 3FE 53516 AK MDU supports voice, data, IP video, — — —
interfaces.
3FE 53898 AC — — —
upstream.
O-16160E-Q 3FE 53901 AA 3FE 53516 AE MDU supports voice, data, IP video, — — —
interfaces.
3FE 53901 AC — — —
upstream.
O-24240E-Q 3FE 53900 AA 3FE 53516 AD MDU supports voice, data, IP video, — — —
interfaces.
3FE 53900 AC — — —
upstream.


general description
O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs provide

the subscriber interface for the network by terminating the PON interface and
converting it to user interfaces that directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT
is compatible with all existing subscriber equipment, including analog phones with
both tone and rotary dial capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and
caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and Type III).
O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs provide
the following functions:
• compliant with G.984 series GPON standards
• up to 24 Fast Ethernet 10/100 Base-T Ethernet RJ-45 ports
• up to 24 POTS ports with a Telco-50 pin connector
• 2.488 Gb/s downstream and 1.244 Gb/s upstream GPON line rate
• 1490 nm wavelength downstream and 1310 nm wavelength upstream
• single mode fiber (SC/APC connector)
• multiple T-CONTs and GEM ports per device
• deployment in an enclosure that wall mounts on a mounting bracket
• IPTV or VoD video service
• multicast GEM port and incident broadcast GEM port
• IGMPv3 or IGMPv2 snooping and IGMP snooping with proxy report
• G984 and G.988 standard compliant OMCI interface
• performance monitoring and alarms

software and installation feature support

supported by O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU
ONTs.
Table 23-2 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs software feature support

(1 of 2)


Wi-Fi specifications ONT and MDU general and interface —

Location and installation How to install and replace an I-241W-P Install an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q,
options indoor ONT or O-24240E-Q MDUs
Replace an O-00160V-Q, O-16160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,
or O-24240E-Q MDUs
Statistics and performance ONT and MDU statistics and Performance monitoring statistics for Package E
(2 of 2)

interfaces and interface capacity
Table 23-3 describes the supported interfaces and interface capacity for
O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs.
Table 23-3 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q outdoor MDU interface connection
capacity
MDU type Maximum capacity

and model
BASE-T 1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
O-00160E-Q — 16 — — — — — — 1
O-00240E-Q — 24 — — — — — — 1
O-16160E-Q 16 16 — — — — — — 1
O-24240E-Q 24 24 — — — — — — 1
O-00160E-Q. O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q

connections and components
Figures 23-1 and 23-2 show the physical connections for O-00160E-Q.
O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q outdoor MDU.

Figure 23-1 Physical connections on the front of O-00160E-Q. O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q
MDU ONTs
Ethernet port status LEDs POTS LEDs

Management
interface Bracket
(MGMT)
MGMT
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 ETHERNET ONU A-120A
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 1 Gbps Ethernet-Based Optional Access
MODE PWR
LINK ALM
ALARM
MODE NET SIGN

LINK MGMT RTP
CONSOLE 1 2 3 RTN 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23
16 x POTS
Management Ethernet System LEDs POTS Fiber optic

interface ports connector connector
(CONSOLE)
21790
Figure 23-1 shows the connectors on the O-24240E-Q MDU ONT. The O-16160E-Q
MDU ONT is identical to the O-24240E-Q MDU ONT except it has 16 rather than
24 RJ-45 Ethernet ports. The O-00160E-Q and O-00240E-Q are identical to the
O-16160E-Q and O-24240E-Q except they have no POTS connector.
Figure 23-2 Physical connections on the back of O-00160E-Q. O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q
MDU ONTs
UPS power Ground AC power

input interface lug input interface
21811
Table 23-4 describes the physical connections for O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,

O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs.
Table 23-4 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT physical
connections
Connection type Description
Management The first management interface (MGMT) is a craft port where connection
is provided through an RJ-45 connector.
The second management interface (CONSOLE) is a craft port where
connection is provided through an RJ-45 connector.
Ethernet This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to 24
Ethernet connections are supported. The Ethernet ports support both
data and in-band video services.
POTS For the O-24240E-Q, this interface is an RJ-21 connector with 48

positions which support up to 24 POTS lines.
For the O-16160E-Q, this interface is an RJ-21 connector with 32
positions which support up to 16 POTS lines.
(1 of 2)

Connection type Description
Fiber optic An SC/APC fiber optic connector terminates a fiber optic connection
from the P-OLT.
dc power This connection is provided through an 8-pin UPS power connector.
grounding lug This connection is provided through a ground wire connected to the lug.
ac power This connection is provided by an ac power cord with a three-pronged

female plug.
(2 of 2)
23.5 O-00160E-Q. O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q

LEDs
Figure 23-3 shows the O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q

MDU ONTs LEDs.
Figure 23-3 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs LEDs
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
MODE PWR
LINK ALM
MODE NET SIGN

LINK MGMT RTP
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23
MGMT
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 ETHERNET ONU A-120A
MODE PWR
LINK ALM
ALARM
MODE NET SIGN

LINK MGMT RTP
CONSOLE 1 2 3 RTN 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23
16 x POTS
21791
Figure 23-3 shows the LEDs on the O-24240E-Q MDU ONT. The O-16160E-Q
MDU ONT LEDs are identical to those on the O-24240E-Q except it has 16 rather
than 24 RJ-45 Ethernet port LEDs. The O-00160E-Q and O-00240E-Q LEDs are
identical to those on the O-16160E-Q and O-24240E-Q except they have no POTS
LEDs (SIGN and RTP).
Table 23-5 describes the System LEDs for the O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,
Note — See your Alcatel-Lucent support representative for

information about LED color and behavior for the Ethernet port status
LEDs.

Table 23-5 MDU ONT LEDs (O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs)
LED name LED color LED behavior description
PWR Off No power

Green Power on
ALM Off Normal

Red System failure
NET Off Optical path error

Green 1490 nm data path (downstream) is OK and PLOAM has been exchanged with
the OLT
MGMT Off ONU is not register to OLT
Green Full communication with ranging sync established between OLT and ONT
SIGN Off VoIP not registered

Green VoIP registered
RTP Off All of the POTS ports on-hook

Green One or more of the POTS ports off-hook
MODE Off 10M

Green 100M
LINK Off Link not up

Yellow solid Link up
Yellow flashing Link up and Rx or Tx activity detected

detailed specifications
Table 23-6 lists the physical specifications for O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,

Table 23-6 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU physical

specifications
Length 11 in. (28 cm)

Weight [within ± 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)] 6.6 lb (3 kg)
Table 23-7 lists the power consumption specifications for O-00160E-Q,


Table 23-7 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT power consumption
specifications

(Not to exceed)
O-00160E-Q, less than 25 W 16 or 24 Gig-E operational 19 W No interfaces/services

O-00240E-Q provisioned
O-16160E-Q, less than 45 W 16 or 24 POTS off-hook, 16 or 19 W 16 or 24 POTS on-hook, other

O-24240E-Q 24 Gig-E operational interfaces/services not
provisioned
Table 23-8 lists the environmental specifications for O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,

Table 23-8 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT environmental specifications
Rack or wall Operating: 14°F to 131°F (-10°C to 55°C) Contact your Alcatel-Lucent technical support
mounted ambient temperature representative for more information


GEM ports and T-CONTs
devices.
Table 23-9 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT capacity for GEM ports and
T-CONTs per package and release
Package E MDUs
GEM ports per MDU R04.02.3x 30 32 are present: 30 are available, 2

are reserved for multicast and
debugging
T-CONTs per MDU R04.02.3x 15 16 are present: 15 are available, 1



power support
The following power supply supports the O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q,

and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs. Click on the link for more information.
• Contact your Alcatel-Lucent technical support representative for more
information

functional blocks
Table 23-10 describes the supported interfaces for O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,

Table 23-10 O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs interfaces

ports ports
Multi-dwelling residence 0/16/24 16/24 — — — — —

Fast Ethernet MDU with or
without POTS and without RF
video (O-00160E-Q,
O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q,
and O-24240E-Q)
O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs employ

Package E SoC technology in the Ethernet switch. POTS ports are available in
addition to Fast Ethernet ports.
• O-00160E-Q and O-16160E-Q MDU transmits Ethernet packets to up to 16
RJ-45 Ethernet ports while the O-16160E-Q MDU transmits voice traffic to up to
16 POTS ports using a single cable.
• O-00240E-Q and O-24240E-Q MDU transmits Ethernet packets to up to 24
RJ-45 Ethernet ports while the O-24240E-Q MDU transmits voice traffic to up to
24 POTS ports using a single cable.
These MDUs also feature fiber optic and power and alarm connectors.
The O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs board
contains the following functional blocks:
• GPON
function.
• Diplexer
The diplexer is an optical module that performs optical and electrical conversion.

• DSP interface
on the O-00160E-Q and O-16160E-Q MDUs, and 24 POTS lines on the
O-00240E-Q and O-24240E-Q MDUs. The DSP has an interface to the SLIC
devices.
• Ethernet switch
The Ethernet switch provides a data path between the board and Ethernet
interfaces. The Ethernet switch supports traffic policing or rate limiting per UNI
to allow for bandwidth fairness in both the upstream and downstream directions.

standards compliance
O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs are

compliant with the following standards:
• 802.1p support for mapper service profile on U/S
• 802.1p support for Class of Service based on UNI and/or VLAN-ID
• 802.1p support for IP ToS/DSCP mapping
• G.984 support GPON standards
• G.984.2 support for Amd1, class B+
• G.711, G.729, and G723.1 support for multiple Codecs
• G.988 support for OMCI interface for ONT management and provisioning

special considerations

Existing MDUs that use 7342 ISAM FTTU releases older than R04.06.xx and
O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs support
voice, video, and HSI data services.


NTP 146 — Install an O-00160E-Q,
O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or
O-24240E-Q MDUs
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and
O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the O-00160E-Q,
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
• standard flat blade screwdriver

NTP 146 — Install an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or O-24240E-Q MDUs
Safety information
Failure to observe these warnings may result in serious injury, death, or damage to the
equipment.
Danger 1 — Always contact the local utility company before

connecting an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q
MDU ONT to an utility.
Danger 2 — Observe all local and national laws and regulations that

should be used when installing an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,
O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT.
Warning 2 — Refer to the NEC Article 810 to get more information on

clearances for power and lightning conductors, as well as mounting,
grounding and antenna discharge unit.
Warning 3 — The intra-building ports of an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,

O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT is suitable for connection to
intra-building or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building
ports of an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU
ONT must not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to
the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as
intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in
GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP
cabling. The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection
in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
• O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs

are intended to be installed in a Restricted Access Location in
accordance with the applicable requirements of NEC or CEC. The
local authorities have jurisdiction. This unit is intended to be
installed by qualified service personnel only.
• For the temperature ranges for this ONT, see O-00160E-Q,
O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q unit data sheet.

A summary of important information provided in the vendor installation manual

follows:
Danger 1 — Do not work alone under hazardous conditions. Do not

handle any metallic connector before the power has been disconnected.
Danger 2 — Servicing this equipment may require working with

protective covers removed and utility power connected. Use extreme
caution during these procedures. High current through conductive
materials could cause severe burns. When grounding cannot be verified,
disconnect the equipment from the utility power outlet before
installing or connecting to other equipment. Reconnect the power cord
only after all connections are made.
Danger 3 — Always replace batteries with the same or equivalent type

recommended by the manufacturer. There is a danger of explosion if
the battery is incorrectly connected or replaced. Batteries present a
risk of electrical shock and burns from high current in the event of a
short-circuit. Observe proper safety precautions.
Danger 4 — Always use proper lifting techniques and equipment

whenever handling units, or batteries.
Warning — Check that the power cords, plugs, and sockets are in good
condition. Replacement of fuses or other parts must be with identical
types and ratings. Substitution of nonidentical parts may cause safety
and fire hazards.
Note — Batteries must be recycled. Deliver the battery to an

appropriate recycling facility or ship it to the supplier in the new
battery packing material.
Procedure
Use this procedure to install an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or O-24240E-Q
MDU ONTs. Review the Safety Information section in this NTP.
1 Locate the site and prepare the cables where the ONT will be installed (DLP 100).
Ethernet, fiber optic, power, and alarm cables are required for installing
O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs. The
O-16160E-Q and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT also require a POTS cable.
2 Mount an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT either

on a rack or wall (DLP 112).
3 Review the connection locations shown in Figures NTP 146-1 and NTP 146-2 for the
MDU ONTs.

Figure NTP 146-1: O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT front connections

Management
interface Bracket
(MGMT)
MGMT
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 ETHERNET ONU A-120A
MODE PWR
LINK ALM
ALARM
MODE NET SIGN

LINK MGMT RTP
CONSOLE 1 2 3 RTN 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23
16 x POTS

(CONSOLE)
21790
Figure NTP 146-1 shows the connectors on the O-24240E-Q MDU ONT. The
O-16160E-Q MDU ONT is identical to the O-24240E-Q MDU ONT except it has 16
rather than 24 RJ-45 Ethernet ports. The O-00160E-Q and O-00240E-Q are
identical to the O-16160E-Q and O-24240E-Q except they have no POTS connector.
Figure NTP 146-2: O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT back connections

21811
5 If used, connect cables to the Management connectors:
a Connect a cable to the Console RJ-45 port.
b Connect a cable to the Management (MGMT) RJ-45 port.
7 For the O-16160E-Q and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs only, connect the POTS cable to
the RJ-21 connector (DLP 136).
• It is recommended that you tighten both screws on the RJ-21

connector at the same time rather than one after the other. If one
screw is tightened completely before the other is started, it is
possible to skew the connector and make only intermittent contact
with the service unit.
8 Connect the SC/APC fiber optic cable to MDU ONT (DLP 118).
9 Connect the power cables (DLP 138).



NTP 147 — Replace an O-00160V-Q,
O-16160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, or
O-24240E-Q MDUs
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or
O-24240E-Q MDU ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling of a replacement
O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or O-24240E-Q MDU ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
The following tools are recommended:


NTP 147 — Replace an O-00160V-Q, O-16160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, or O-24240E-Q MDUs
Safety information
equipment.

connecting the O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q
MDU ONT to utilities.

should be used when installing the O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,
O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT.

Warning 3 — The intra-building ports of the O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q,

O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT is suitable for connection to
intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building
ports of the O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q
MDU ONT must not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect
to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as
intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in
GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP
• O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT is

intended to be installed in a Restricted Access Location in
accordance with the applicable requirements of NEC or CEC. The
local authorities have jurisdiction. This unit is intended to be
installed by qualified service personnel only.
• For the temperature ranges for this ONT, see O-00160E-Q,
O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q unit data sheet.


follows:




and fire hazards.

Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or O-24240E-Q
MDU ONT.
2 Disconnect the power and ground cables connected to MDU ONT.
See Figure NTP 147-1 for the power and ground connections on the back of
O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs.

Figure NTP 147-1: O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or O-24240E-Q MDU ONT back connections

21811
3 Disconnect the power connection by either
a Unplugging the three-prong ac power cable from the ac power input

interface.
b Turning off the dc power at the power supply before disconnecting the wires
connected to the 8-pin UPS power input interface.
4 Disconnect the ground wire connection:
a Loosen the screw attaching the ground wire to the ground lug terminal using
a screwdriver. The ground lug is located on the back of the MDU ONT.
b Remove the ground wire connected from the ground lug terminal.
5 Review the connection locations shown in Figure NTP 147-2 for the front of these
MDU ONTs.
Figure NTP 147-2: O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and O-24240E-Q MDU ONT front connections

Management
interface Bracket
(MGMT)
MGMT
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 ETHERNET ONU A-120A
MODE PWR
LINK ALM
ALARM
MODE NET SIGN

LINK MGMT RTP
CONSOLE 1 2 3 RTN 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23
16 x POTS

(CONSOLE)
21790
Figure NTP 147-2 shows the connectors on the O-24240E-Q MDU ONT. The
O-16160E-Q MDU ONT is identical to the O-24240E-Q MDU ONT except it has 16
rather than 24 RJ-45 Ethernet ports. The O-00160E-Q and O-00240E-Q are
identical to the O-16160E-Q and O-24240E-Q except they have no POTS connector.
6 If used, disconnect the Console and Management cables from the Management
Interface RJ-45 ports.
7 Disconnect the Ethernet cables connected to the RJ-45 ports.
8 For the O-16160E-Q and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs only, disconnect the POTS cable to
the RJ-21 connector.

9 Disconnect the SC/APC fiber optic cable (see DLP 126).
10 Replace the O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-P, O-16160E-Q, or O-24240E-Q MDU ONT

mounted on a rack or wall with a new unit:
i Remove the two screws in each bracket holding the unit in the rack or to a
wall.
ii Remove the old MDU ONT from the rack or wall.
iii Install the replacement MDU ONT (DLP 112).
11 Reconnect the ground wire (DLP 135).
12 If used, reconnect the cables to the Management connectors:
a Reconnect a cable to the Console RJ-45 port.
b Reconnect a cable to the Management (MGMT) RJ-45 port.
13 Reconnect the Ethernet cables to the RJ-45 ports (DLP 101).
14 For O-16160E-Q and O-24240E-Q MDU ONTS only, reconnect the POTS cable to the
RJ-21 connector (DLP 136).

adapters.
16 Connect the SC/APC fiber optic cable to a MDU ONT (see DLP 118).
17 Connect the power cables (DLP 138).


NTP 148 — Configure an O-00160E-Q,
O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or
O-24240E-Q MDUs
General
software configuration procedure for O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, and
O-24240E-Q MDU ONTs.
an ONT interface.

NTP 148 — Configure an O-00160E-Q, O-00240E-Q, O-16160E-Q, or O-24240E-Q MDUs

O-00160V-Q
24 — O-00160V-Q unit data sheet
NTP 149 — Install an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT
NTP 150 — Replace an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT
NTP 151 — Configure an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT

24.1 O-00160V-Q part numbers and identification 24-2
24.2 O-00160V-Q general description 24-2
24.3 O-00160V-Q software and installation feature support 24-3
24.4 O-00160V-Q interfaces and interface capacity 24-4
24.5 O-00160V-Q LEDs 24-5
24.6 O-00160V-Q detailed specifications 24-6
24.7 O-00160V-Q GEM ports and T-CONTs 24-7
24.8 O-00160V-Q functional blocks 24-8
24.9 O-00160V-Q standards compliance 24-9
24.10 O-00160V-Q special considerations 24-9

24.1 O-00160V-Q part numbers and identification
Table 24-1 provides identification information about O-00160V-Q MDU ONTs.
Table 24-1 O-00160V-Q part numbers and identification

code
3FE 53183 AK O-00160V-Q GPON O-series ONT unit, version Q, up to — — —

(AC/DC plug EU 16 VDSL2 interfaces for both IP and data, 1
variant) 10/100 Ethernet interface for local
management, and 1 SC/APC interface
3FE 53183 AL — — —
(AC/DC plug AU
variant)
3FE 53183 AM — — —
3FE 53183 AN
(AC/DC plug UK
variants)
Note
24.2 O-00160V-Q general description
O-00160V-Q MDU ONTs provide the following functions:

• an FSAN compliant 16 living unit GPON standards-compliant ONU
• 16 VDSL2 (30MHz) ports
• 100 Mb/s downstream and 100 Mb/s upstream VDSL2 line rate
• one MGMT port with RJ-45 connector for 10/100 Base-T Ethernet connection
• deployment scenario is horizontal 19” data rack mounting and desktop mounting
• 802.1 x service authentication support
and provisioning
Supported specifications
See table 24-2 for descriptions of the supported specifications.
Table 24-2 Supported specifications
Standards and amendments
IEEE 802.1ag
IEEE 802.1P
IEEE 802.1Q
(1 of 2)

IEEE 802.1x
IEEE 802.11
IEEE 802.3
IEEE 802.3ad
IEEE 802.3x
(2 of 2)
24.3 O-00160V-Q software and installation feature support
Table 24-3 provides a list of hardware and software-based features for O-00160V-Q
MDU ONTs.
Table 24-3 O-00160V-Q MDU ONT software feature support
Features Chapter Cross reference for more

information
General ONT and MDU overview ONT and MDU overview ONT and MDU general descriptions of
features and functions
Service interface specifications ONT and MDU general and interface Ethernet interface specifications
technical specifications VDSL2 interface specifications
Services supported — See the appropriate P-OLT user

documentation for service creation
procedures and descriptions.
Location and installation options How to install and replace an Install an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT
O-00160V-Q MDU ONT Replace an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT
Activation method ONT and MDU overview ONT activation and behavior using
SLID
SLID entry via Ethernet port
HTTP management — ONT management using an ONT

interface
Statistics and performance monitoring ONT and MDU statistics and Supported performance monitoring
performance monitoring counters per package type of ONT
Supported UPS configurations Part numbers, ordering, and ONT and MDU to UPS or power adapter

24.4 O-00160V-Q interfaces and interface capacity
Table 24-4 O-00160V-Q MDU ONT connection capacity

and model
POTS 10/100/ 10/100 RF MoCA VDSL2 DS1/E1 Local GPON
BASE-T /1000 video craft SC/APC
BASE-T (CATV)
O-00160V-Q — 1 — — — 16 — — 1
O-00160V-Q MDU ONT connections and components

Figure 24-1 shows the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT physical connections.
Figure 24-1 Physical connections on O-00160V-Q MDU ONTs
Fan DC power AC power POTS VDSL

module input input connector connector
POTS LINE VDSL LINE
AC INPUT
VDSL
RTN RTN
-48V -48V 1 5 9 13
BATTERY ALARM ALARM
1 2 10 100 CONSOLE
FAIL NTWK MGMT
INT
PON
4 8 10 14 PWR BAT REG

MGMT
Groung lug Fiber optic Battery alarm Ethernet Console Alarm

connector connector connector port connector
21136
Table 24-5 describes O-00160V-Q MDU ONTs physical connections.
Table 24-5 O-00160V-Q MDU ONT physical connections
Ground lug Lug to which a ground wire (minimum 18 AWG) connects
DC power input 2 terminal blocks with 2-positions that connect to 2 wires (16 to 18 AWG)
AC power input 3-pronged outlet that connects to a power cord supplied with MDU
Fiber optic connector SC/APC fiber optic connector terminates a fiber optic connection from
the P-OLT
Battery alarm connector Phoenix Contact connector with 5-positions for connecting 20 to 28 AWG
wires that support battery alarms
(1 of 2)

Ethernet connector Ethernet RJ-45 port that supports a 10/100 Mb/s auto-sensing
connection used for local management. Connection is made using a
100BaseTX, 2-pair UTP Cat. 5 up to 100 m.
Contact your Alcatel-Lucent account representative for more
information about separately orderable Ethernet cables.
VDSL connector RJ-21 connector with 50 positions of which 32 support up to 16 VDSL2

lines.
information about separately orderable VDSL cables.
POTS connector RJ-21 connector with 50 positions to connect this Telco-50 connector to
the telephone company.
Console port Right-angled RS-232 serial port that is accessed by a male DB-9
connector
Alarm connector Phoenix Contact connector with 8-positions for connecting 20 to 28 AWG
wires that support alarms
(2 of 2)
24.5 O-00160V-Q LEDs
Figure 24-2 shows the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT LEDs.
Figure 24-2 O-00160V-Q MDU ONT LEDs
POTS LINE VDSL LINE
AC INPUT
VDSL
RTN RTN
-48V -48V 1 5 9 13
BATTERY ALARM ALARM
1 2 10 100 CONSOLE
FAIL NTWK MGMT
INT
PON

MGMT
VDSL LEDs RJ-45

LEDs LEDs
21137
Table 24-6 describes the LEDs on the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.
Table 24-6 O-00160V-Q MDU ONT LEDs
LED name LED status LED color LED behavior description
FAIL On Red A hardware failure has occurred.
Red Flashing (2-s The MDU cannot synchronize with an OLT

cycle)
Red Flashing (4-s A hardware failure has occurred or the MDU cannot
cycle) synchronize with an OLT
Off — The MDU is operating normally and can synchronize

with an OLT.
(1 of 2)

PWR On Green solid Power is on
Off — Power is off
NTWK On Green solid The MDU is receiving good 1490 nm data from an OLT
with no error signals.
Off — The MDU is receiving error signals or no 1490 nm

data from an OLT.
BAT On Green solid The connected UPS is working properly.
Off — There is battery alarm input or the MDU is not

connected to a UPS.
MGMT INT On Green flashing The MDU is in an Emergency Stop (ESTOP) state,
which means the MDU upstream communications are
disabled by an OLT.
On Green solid The MDU can communicate and synchronize with an
OLT.
Off — The MDU cannot communicate with an OLT.
REG On Green flashing The MDU can synchronize but not register yet with
an OLT.
On Green solid The MDU has successfully registered with an OLT.

Off — The MDU failed to register with an OLT.
VDSL 1 to 16 On Green flashing MDU is training the VDSL line
On Green solid Link to the VDSL line is up and the system is

transmitting or receiving on the VDSL link
Off — VDSL line link is down
RJ-45 Ethernet LEDs
10 On Yellow flashing Link is transmitting or receiving 10 Mb/s Ethernet

traffic
On Yellow solid 10 Mb/s Ethernet network link is up
Off — 10 Mb/s Ethernet network link is down
100 On Green flashing Link is transmitting or receiving 100 Mb/s Ethernet

traffic
On Green solid 100 Mb/s Ethernet network link is up
(2 of 2)
24.6 O-00160V-Q detailed specifications
Table 24-7 lists the physical specifications.

Table 24-7 O-00160V-Q MDU ONT physical specifications
Width 17.32 in. (44 cm)
Depth 11.42in. (29 cm)
Weight (excluding cables) 12.16 lbs (5.5 kg)
Table 24-8 lists power consumption ranges.
Table 24-8 O-00160V-Q MDU ONT power consumption specifications

(not to exceed)
O-00160V-Q 60 W (ac power) 16 CPEs operational 34 W (ac power) No CPEs provisioned and all
57 W (dc power) 29 W (dc power) ports disabled
Table 24-9 lists the environmental requirements.
Table 24-9 O-00160V-Q MDU ONT environmental requirements
ONT type
Rack Operating: Maximum operating altitude is 13 000

32°F to 149°F (0°C to 65°C) ft (3962 m) above mean sea level
10% to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing Minimum operating altitude is mean
sea level
Storage: Maximum operating altitude is 13 000

–40°F to 158°F (–40°C to 70°C) ft (3962 m) above mean sea level
0% to 90% relative humidly, non-condensing Minimum operating altitude is mean
sea level
24.7 O-00160V-Q GEM ports and T-CONTs
all ONTs and MDUs will be supported in all of the releases indicated the table. See
the appropriate release Customer Release Notes for the most accurate list of
supported devices.

Table 24-10 O-00160V-Q MDU ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and release
Package F MDUs
GEM ports per MDU R04.02.3x 252 254 are present: 252 are available,
2 are reserved for multicast and
debugging

24.8 O-00160V-Q functional blocks
O-00160V-Q MDU ONTs employ SoC technology in the Ethernet switch. These
MDU ONTs transmit at a 100 Mb/s downstream and 100 Mb/s upstream VDSL2 line
rate. They also support one MGMT port with a RJ-45 connector for 10/100 Base-T
Ethernet connection.
These MDUs also features power, fiber optic, console, battery alarm, and alarm
connectors.
The O-00160V-Q MDU ONTs board contains the following functional blocks:
• GPON optic
• CPU
• Ethernet switch
• VDSL interface
Figure 24-3 illustrates the functional block for the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.

Figure 24-3 O-00160V-Q MDU ONT functional blocks
Fiber
(APC-CONN)
GPON
optical CPU SERDES Ethernet PHY 1 MGMT interface
transceiver switch
8 S3 MII 8 S3 MII
(ports 1-8) (ports 9-16)
FPGA #0 FPGA #1
DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP
#1-2 #3-4 #5-6 #7-8 #9-10 #11-12 #13-14 #15-16
Splitter Card
8 VDSL2 interfaces 8 VDSL interfaces
21143
24.9 O-00160V-Q standards compliance
O-00160V-Q MDU ONTs are compliant with the following features:

• 802.1p mapping
• G.984 support for GPON interface
and provisioning
24.10 O-00160V-Q special considerations

The default optical thresholds for this MDU are as follows:


NTP 149 — Install an O-00160V-Q MDU
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools

Safety information
equipment.

connecting an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT to an utility.

should be used when installing an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.

Warning 3 — The intra-building ports of an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT are

suitable for connection to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cabling
only. The intra-building ports of an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT must not be
metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its
wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building
interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE,
Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The
addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection in order to
connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
• O-00160V-Q MDU ONTs are intended to be installed in a Restricted

Access Location in accordance with the applicable requirements of
NEC or CEC. The local authorities have jurisdiction. This unit is
intended to be installed by qualified service personnel only.
• For the temperature ranges for this ONT, see the O-00160V-Q unit
data sheet.


follows:




and fire hazards.

Procedure
Use this procedure to install an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT. Review the Safety Information
section in this NTP.
Ethernet, fiber optic, power, and alarm cables as well as a ground wire are
required for installing the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.

2 Perform one of the following to install an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT:
a Place the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT horizontally on a desktop.
i Find a location for the MDU on a smooth, level surface capable of

supporting the weight of the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT. There should be a
power outlet close by.
Note — Make sure there is enough clearance around the O-00160V-Q

MDU ONT to allow air to circulate as well as leaving room for the
attachment of cables and the power cord.
For proper ventilation, allow 4 inches (10 cm) of clearance at the front
and 3.4 inches (8 cm) at the back of these MDU ONTs. This clearance is
required for both desktop and rack installations.
ii Place the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT upside down on the level surface.
iii Remove the adhesive backing from the rubber feet.
iv Attach the rubber feet at each corner of the overturned MDU; see
Figure NTP 149-1.
Figure NTP 149-1: Attaching rubber feet to O-00160V-Q MDU ONT
Rubber feet
21019
v Turn the MDU upright and place it in the location selected for
installation.
b To rack mount the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT (see DLP 129):
3 Review the connection locations shown in Figure NTP 149-2 at the front of the
O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.

Figure NTP 149-2: O-00160V-Q MDU ONT front connections

POTS LINE VDSL LINE
AC INPUT
VDSL
RTN RTN
-48V -48V 1 5 9 13
BATTERY ALARM ALARM
1 2 10 100 CONSOLE
FAIL NTWK MGMT
INT
PON

MGMT

21136
6 Connect the VDSL2 cables to the RJ-21 connector (DLP 137).

7 If needed, connect the console cable with DB-9 pin connector to the serial RS-232
craft port.
Note — For local management, use a computer with terminal

emulation software configured for VT100 terminal emulation, 9600
Baud, 8 bits, no parity with no flow control.
8 Connect the alarm and battery alarm cables to IDC connectors (DLP 139).
9 Connect the fiber optic cable to a SC/APC adaptor (DLP 118).
10 Connect the ac power cord and/or dc power wires (DLP 144).
11 Power up the MDU ONT by either
a Plugging the power cord into the ac power input.
b Turning on the dc power at the power supply that is connected to the dc

power input.


NTP 150 — Replace an O-00160V-Q MDU
ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to replace a O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling of a replacement O-00160V-Q
MDU ONT.
For instructions on replacing the fan module for O-00160V-Q MDU ONTs, see DLP 141.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools
The following tools are recommended:


Safety information
equipment.

connecting the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT to utilities.

should be used when installing the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.

Warning 3 — The intra-building ports of the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT is

suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling
only. The intra-building ports of the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT must not be
metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its
wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building
interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE,
Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The
addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection in order to
connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
• The O-00160V-Q MDU ONT is intended to be installed in a Restricted

Access Location in accordance with the applicable requirements of
NEC or CEC. The local authorities have jurisdiction. This unit is
intended to be installed by qualified service personnel only.
• For the temperature ranges for this ONT, see O-00160V-Q unit data
sheet.


follows:




and fire hazards.

Procedure
Use this procedure to replace an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.
2 How is the MDU ONT powered?
a If ac power, go to step 3.
b If dc power, go to step 4.
See Figure NTP 150-1 for the ac and dc power connections on O-00160V-Q MDU
ONTs.

Figure NTP 150-1: O-00160V-Q MDU ONT power connections
DC power AC power
input input
POTS LINE VDSL LINE
AC INPUT
VDSL
RTN RTN
-48V -48V 1 5 9 11
BATTERY ALARM ALARM
1 2 10 100 CONSOLE
FAIL NTWK MGMT
INT
PON

MGMT
Terminal blocks
1 and 2
21138
3 Disconnect the ac power input by removing the power cord from the power outlet
on the MDU ONT and then the ac power outlet on the wall.
4 Disconnect the dc power supply:
a Turn off the power supply to which the dc power input is connected.
b Loosen the screws on the top of the terminal block using a screwdriver.
c Remove the power wires connected to the RTN and -48V terminals.
5 Disconnect the Ethernet cable connected to the RJ-45 MGMT port; See
Figure NTP 150-2 for the location of the connectors.
Figure NTP 150-2: O-00160V-Q MDU ONT connections

POTS LINE VDSL LINE
AC INPUT
VDSL
RTN RTN
-48V -48V 1 5 9 13
BATTERY ALARM ALARM
1 2 10 100 CONSOLE
FAIL NTWK MGMT
INT
PON

MGMT

21136
6 If used, disconnect the Console cable:
a Loosen the two screws on fastening the DB-9 pin connector to the serial
RS-232 craft port.
b Remove the Console cable and connector from the port.

7 Disconnect the alarm connections:
a Turn off the devices connected to the alarm connectors.
b Loosen the screws on the IDC connectors using a screwdriver.
c Remove the power wires connected from the Alarm and/or Battery Alarm
terminals.
8 Disconnect the VDSL connections:
a Loosen the screws on the RJ-21 connectors using a screwdriver.
b Remove the RJ-21 connector on the cable from the VDSL terminal.
9 Disconnect the ground wire connection:
a Loosen the screw attaching the ground wire to the ground lug terminal using
a screwdriver. The ground lug is located on the front of the MDU ONT on the
lower left-hand side.
b Remove the ground wire connected from the ground lug terminal.
10 Disconnect the GPON fiber optic cable from the fiber optic connector.
11 Replace the MDU ONT with a new unit:
a On a desktop.
i Substitute the new MDU ONT for the old MDU ONT on a flat surface,
horizontally resting on its four feet.
ii Go to step 12.
b On a rack.
i Remove the screws holding the unit in the rack and remove the
O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.
ii Remove the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT from the rack.
iii Install the replacement O-00160V-Q MDU ONT on the rack and secure
(DLP 129).
iv Go to step 12.
12 Reconnect all O-00160V-Q MDU ONT connections except for the fiber optic cable
(DLPs 135, 101, 137, 139, and 144).

adapters.
15 Connect the fiber optic cable to the SC/APC connector (DLP 118).


NTP 151 — Configure an O-00160V-Q
MDU ONT
General
software configuration procedure for the O-00160V-Q MDU ONT.
an ONT interface.

NTP 151 — Configure an O-00160V-Q MDU ONT

O-00240V-P, O-00240V-Q
25 — O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q unit data sheet
NTP 152 — Install an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT
NTP 153 — Replace an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT
NTP 154 — Configure an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs

25 — O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q unit
data sheet
25.1 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q part numbers and

identification 25-2
25.2 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q general description 25-2
25.3 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q software and installation feature

support 25-3
25.4 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q interfaces and interface

capacity 25-4
25.5 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q LEDs 25-5
25.6 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q detailed specifications 25-7
25.7 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q GEM ports and T-CONTs 25-8
25.8 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q functional blocks 25-8
25.9 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q standard compliance 25-9
25.10 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q special considerations 25-9

25.1 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q part numbers and

identification
Table 25-1 provides identification information about O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q

MDU ONTs.
Table 25-1 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q part numbers and identification

code
3FE 52975 AA O-00240V-P GPON O-series ONT unit, version P, up to — — —

3FE 52975 AB — — —
(AC/DC plug AU
variant)
3FE 52975 AC — — —
(AC/DC plug UK
variant)
3FE 52975 AH — — —
(AC/DC plug US
variant)
3FE 52975 AD O-00240V-Q GPON O-series ONT unit, version Q, up to — — —

3FE 52975 AE — — —
(AC/DC plug AU
variant)
3FE 52975 AF — — —
(AC/DC plug UK
variant)
3FE 52975 AG — — —
(AC/DC plug US
variant)
25.2 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q general description
O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs provide the following functions:

• an FSAN compliant 24 living unit GPON standards-compliant ONU
• 24 VDSL2 (30MHz) ports
• 100 Mb/s downstream and 100 Mb/s upstream VDSL2 line rate
• one MGMT port with RJ-45 connector for 100/1000Base-T Ethernet connection
• deployment scenario is horizontal 19” data rack mounting and desktop mounting
• 802.1 x service authentication support
and provisioning

Supported specifications
See table 25-2 for descriptions of the supported specifications.
Table 25-2 Supported specifications
IEEE 802.1ag
IEEE 802.1P
IEEE 802.1Q
IEEE 802.1w
IEEE 802.1x
IEEE 802.11
IEEE 802.3
IEEE 802.3ad
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3x
IEEE 802.3z
25.3 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q software and installation

feature support
Table 25-3 provides a list of hardware and software-based features for O-00240V-P
and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs.
Table 25-3 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs software feature support

information
General ONT and MDU overview ONT and MDU overview ONT and MDU general descriptions of
features and functions
Service interface specifications ONT and MDU general and interface Ethernet interface specifications
technical specifications VDSL2 interface specifications
Services supported — See the appropriate P-OLT user

documentation for service creation
procedures and descriptions.
(1 of 2)


information
Location and installation options How to install and replace an Install an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q
O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT MDU ONT
Replace an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q
MDU ONT
HTTP management Information necessary to manage an ONT management using an ONT

ONT at a local site using an HTTP interface
Statistics and performance monitoring ONT and MDU statistics and Supported performance monitoring
performance monitoring counters per package type of ONT
Activation method ONT and MDU overview ONT activation and behavior using
SLID
SLID entry via Ethernet port
HTTP management — ONT management using an ONT

interface
Statistics and performance monitoring ONT and MDU statistics and Performance monitoring statistics for
performance monitoring Package E ONTs (O-00240V-P MDU
ONT)
Performance monitoring statistics for
Package F ONTs (O-00240V-Q MDU
ONT)
Supported UPS configurations Part numbers, ordering, and ONT and MDU to UPS or power adapter
(2 of 2)
25.4 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q interfaces and interface

capacity
Table 25-4 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs connection capacity

and model
POTS 10/100/ 10/ RF MoCA VDSL2 DS1/E1 Local GPON
BASE-T 100/ video craft SC/APC
1000 (CATV)
BASE-T
O-00240V-Q — 1 — — — 24 — — 1
Figure 25-1 shows O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs physical

connections.

Figure 25-1 Physical connections on O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs

POTS LINE VDSL LINE
AC INPUT
VDSL
RTN RTN
-48V -48V 1 5 9 13 17 21
BATTERY ALARM ALARM
1 2 10 100 CONSOLE
FAIL NTWK MGMT
INT
PON
4 8 10 14 18 24 PWR BAT REG

MGMT

20994
Table 25-5 describes O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs physical

connections.
Table 25-5 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONT physical connections
Ground lug Lug to which a ground wire (minimum 18 AWG) connects
DC power input 2 terminal blocks with 2-positions that connect to 2 wires (16 to 18 AWG)
AC power input 3-pronged outlet that connects to a power cord supplied with MDU
Fiber optic connector SC/APC fiber optic connector terminates a fiber optic connection from
the P-OLT
Battery alarm connector Phoenix Contact connector with 5-positions for connecting 20 to 28 AWG
wires that support battery alarms
Ethernet connector Ethernet RJ-45 port that supports a 10/100 Mb/s auto-sensing
connection used for local management. Connection is made using a
100BaseTX, 2-pair UTP Cat. 5 up to 100 m.
information about separately orderable Ethernet cables.
VDSL connector RJ-21 connector with 50 positions of which 48 support up to 24 VDSL2

lines.
information about separately orderable VDSL cables.
POTS connector RJ-21 connector with 50 positions to connect this Telco-50 connector to
the telephone company.
Console port Right-angled RS-232 serial port that is accessed by a male DB-9
connector
Alarm connector Phoenix Contact connector with 8-positions for connecting 20 to 28 AWG
wires that support alarms
25.5 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q LEDs
Figure 25-2 shows the O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONT LEDs.

Figure 25-2 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONT LEDs
POTS LINE VDSL LINE
AC INPUT
VDSL
RTN RTN
-48V -48V 1 5 9 13 17 21
BATTERY ALARM ALARM
1 2 10 100 CONSOLE
FAIL NTWK MGMT
INT
PON
4 8 10 14 18 24 PWR BAT REG

MGMT
VDSL LEDs RJ-45

LEDs LEDs
20999
Table 25-6 describes the LEDs on O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs.
Table 25-6 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONT LEDs

FAIL On Red A hardware failure has occurred.
Red Flashing (2-s The MDU cannot synchronize with an OLT

cycle)
Red Flashing (4-s A hardware failure has occurred or the MDU cannot
cycle) synchronize with an OLT
Off — The MDU is operating normally and can synchronize
with an OLT.
NTWK On Green solid The MDU is receiving good 1490 nm data from an OLT
with no error signals.
Off — The MDU is receiving error signals or no 1490 nm

data from an OLT.

BAT On Green solid The connected UPS is working properly.
Off — There is battery alarm input or the MDU is not

connected to a UPS.
MGMT INT On Green flashing The MDU is in an Emergency Stop (ESTOP) state,
which means the MDU upstream communications are
disabled by an OLT.
On Green solid The MDU can communicate and synchronize with an

OLT.
Off — The MDU cannot communicate with an OLT.
REG On Green flashing The MDU can synchronize but not register yet with
an OLT.
On Green solid The MDU has successfully registered with an OLT.
Off — The MDU failed to register with an OLT.
(1 of 2)

VDSL 1 to 24 On Green flashing MDU is training the VDSL line
On Green solid Link to the VDSL line is up and the system is

transmitting or receiving on the VDSL link
Off — VDSL line link is down
RJ-45 Ethernet LEDs
10 On Yellow flashing Link is transmitting or receiving 10 Mb/s Ethernet

traffic
On Yellow solid 10 Mb/s Ethernet network link is up
100 On Green flashing Link is transmitting or receiving 100 Mb/s Ethernet

traffic
On Green solid 100 Mb/s Ethernet network link is up
(2 of 2)
25.6 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q detailed specifications
Table 25-7 lists the physical specifications.
Table 25-7 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONT physical specifications

Width 17.32 in. (44 cm)
Weight (excluding cables) 12.16 lbs (5.5 kg)
Table 25-8 lists power consumption ranges.
Table 25-8 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONT power consumption specifications

(not to exceed)
O-00240V-P 83 W (ac power) 24 CPEs operational 40 W (ac power) No CPEs provisioned and all
and 75 W (dc power) 35 W (dc power) ports disabled
O-00240V-Q
Table 25-9 lists the environmental requirements.

Table 25-9 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONT MDU ONT environmental requirements
ONT type
Rack Operating: Maximum operating altitude is 13 000

32°F to 149°F (0°C to 65°C) ft (3962 m) above mean sea level
10% to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing Minimum operating altitude is mean
sea level
Storage: Maximum operating altitude is 13 000

–40°F to 158°F (–40°C to 70°C) ft (3962 m) above mean sea level
0% to 90% relative humidly, non-condensing Minimum operating altitude is mean
sea level
25.7 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q GEM ports and T-CONTs
all ONTs and MDUs will be supported in all of the releases indicated the table. See
the appropriate release Customer Release Notes for the most accurate list of
supported devices.
Table 25-10 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONT capacity for GEM ports and T-CONTs per package and
release
Package E MDU (O-00240V-P MDU)
GEM ports per MDU R04.02.3x 30 32 are present: 30 are available, 2

are reserved for multicast and
debugging
Package F MDUs (O-00240V-Q MDU)
GEM ports per MDU R04.02.3x 252 254 are present: 252 are available,
2 are reserved for multicast and
debugging

25.8 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q functional blocks
O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs employ SoC technology in the Ethernet
switch. These MDU ONTs transmit at a 100 Mb/s downstream and 100 Mb/s
upstream VDSL2 line rate. They also support one MGMT port with a RJ-45
connector for 100/1000Base-T Ethernet connection.
These MDUs also features power, fiber optic, console, battery alarm, and alarm
connectors.

The O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs board contains the following
functional blocks:
• GPON optic
• GPON MAC
• Ethernet switch
• DSP interface
Figure 25-3 illustrates the functional block for O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU
ONTs.
Figure 25-3 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONT functional blocks
GPON
optical GPON SERDES Ethernet PHY 1 MGMT interface
transceiver MAC switch
8 S3 MII 8 S3 MII 8 S3 MII

(ports 1-8) (ports 9-16) (ports 17-24)
FPGA #0 FPGA #1 FPGA #2
DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP DSP
#1-2 #3-4 #5-6 #7-8 #9-10 #11-12 #13-14 #15-16 #17-18 #19-20 #21-22 #23-24
8 VDSL2 interfaces 8 VDSL interfaces 8 VDSL interfaces
21079
25.9 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q standard compliance
O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs are compliant with the following
features:
• 802.1p mapping
• G.984 support for GPON interface
and provisioning
25.10 O-00240V-P and O-00240V-Q special considerations


The default optical thresholds for these MDUs are as follows:


NTP 152 — Install an O-00240V-P or
O-00240V-Q MDU ONT
Purpose
This NTP provides the steps to install an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT.
General
The DLPs listed in this NTP describe mounting and cabling for the O-00240V-P or
O-00240V-Q MDU ONT.
Prerequisites
Recommended tools

Safety information
equipment.

connecting an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT to an utility.

should be used when installing an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT.

Warning 3 — The intra-building ports of an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q

MDU ONT is suitable for connection to intra-building or unexposed
wiring or cabling only. The intra-building ports of an O-00240V-P or
O-00240V-Q MDU ONT must not be metallically connected to interfaces
that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for
use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described
in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP
• O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONTs are intended to be installed in

a Restricted Access Location in accordance with the applicable
requirements of NEC or CEC. The local authorities have jurisdiction.
This unit is intended to be installed by qualified service personnel
only.
• For the temperature ranges for this ONT, see O-00240V-P and
O-00240V-Q unit data sheet.


follows:




and fire hazards.

Procedure
Use this procedure to install an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT. Review the Safety
Information section in this NTP.
Ethernet, fiber optic, power, and alarm cables as well as a ground wire are
required for installing the O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT.

2 Perform one of the following to install an O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT:
a Place the O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT horizontally on a desktop.
i Find a location for the MDU on a smooth, level surface capable of

supporting the weight of the O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT.
There should be a power outlet come by.
Note — Make sure there is enough clearance around the O-00240V-P or

O-00240V-Q MDU ONT to allow air to circulate as well as leaving room
for the attachment of cables and the power cord.
For proper ventilation, allow 4 inches (10 cm) of clearance at the front
and 3.4 inches (8 cm) at the back of these MDUs. This clearance is
required for both desktop and rack installations.
ii Place the O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT upside down on the level
surface; See Figure NTP 152-1.
Figure NTP 152-1: Attaching rubber feet to O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT
Rubber feet
21019
iii Remove the adhesive backing from the rubber feet.
iv Attach the rubber feet at each corner of the overturned MDU; see
Figure NTP 152-1.
v Turn the MDU upright and place it in the location selected for
installation.
b To rack mount the O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT (see DLP 129):
3 Review the connection locations shown in Figure NTP 152-2 at the front of the
O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT.

Figure NTP 152-2: O-00240V-P or O-00240V-Q MDU ONT front connections

POTS LINE VDSL LINE
AC INPUT
VDSL
RTN RTN
-48V -48V 1 5 9 13 17 21
BATTERY ALARM ALARM
1 2 10 100 CONSOLE
FAIL NTWK MGMT
INT
PON
4 8 10 14 18 24 PWR BAT REG

MGMT

20994
6 Connect the VDSL2 cables to the RJ-21 connector (DLP 137).

7 If needed, connect the console cable with DB-9 pin connector to the serial RS-232
craft port.
Note — For local management, use a computer with terminal

emulation software configured for VT100 terminal emulation, 9600
Baud, 8 bits, no parity with no flow control.
8 Connect the alarm and battery alarm cables to IDC connectors (DLP 139).
9 Connect the fiber optic cable to a SC/APC adaptor (DLP 118).
10 Connect either ac power cord or dc power wires (DLP 144).
11 Power up the MDU ONT by either
a Plugging the power cord into the ac power input.
b Turning on the dc power at the power supply that is connected to the dc

power input.



Manual Parte 2 ISAM

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Manual Parte 2 ISAM

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F

10 — I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F unit data sheet

NTP 109 — Install an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor ONT

NTP 110 — Replace an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F indoor ONT

NTP 111 — Configure an I-020E-B, I-020E-H, or I-020G-F ONT

Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a March 2011

10.1 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F part numbers and

10.2 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F general description 10-2

10.3 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F software and installation

10.4 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F interfaces and interface

10.5 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F LEDs 10-5

10.6 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F detailed specifications 10-6

10.7 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F GEM ports and

10.8 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F power support 10-8

10.9 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F functional blocks 10-8

10.10 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F standards

10.11 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F special

Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a March 2011 10-1

10.1 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F part numbers and

Table 10-1 provides identification information for I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and

Part number Mnemonic Description CLEI CPR ECI/Bar

3FE 28683 AB I-020E-B GPON I-series ONT, version B, — — —

3FE 28683 AC I-020E-H GPON I-series ONT, version H, — — —

3FE 29528 AA I-020G-F GPON I-series ONT, version F, — — —

10.2 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F general description

10.3 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F software and installation

Table 10-2 provides a list of software-based features and installation information

10-2 March 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a

Feature Chapter/description Click link for more information

Services supported — See the appropriate P-OLT user documentation for

10.4 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F interfaces and interface

ONT type Maximum capacity

Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a March 2011 10-3

I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F ONT connections and components

Figure 10-1 Physical connections on I-020E-B and I-020E-H indoor ONTs

Ethernet Fiber optic Power

Figure 10-2 Physical connections on I-020G-F indoor ONTs

Fiber optic Ethernet Power

Table 10-4 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT connections

10-4 March 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a

Power This connection is provided through a cable to the ac/dc power

10.5 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F LEDs

Figure 10-3 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT LEDs

Table 10-5 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F indoor ONT LED

Indicator LED color and behavior LED behavior description

EQPT Off Not powered

PON Off Not ranged

Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a March 2011 10-5

Indicator LED color and behavior LED behavior description

Data 1 Off Ethernet 1 link failure

Data 2 Off Ethernet 2 link failure

Table 10-6 I-020E-B and I-020E-H indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs

Indicator LED color and behavior LED behavior description

ACTIVITY Off No Tx/Rx activity

DUPLEX Off Half duplex

Table 10-7 describes the I-020G-F indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs.

Table 10-7 I-020G-F indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs

Indicator LED color and behavior LED behavior description

LINK Off Link not detected

MODE Off 10 Mb/s operation

10.6 I-020E-B, I-020E-H, and I-020G-F detailed specifications

Length 0.9 in. (2.29 cm)

10-6 March 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7330/7302 ISAM FTTN R04.02.42a

Height 5.3 in. (13.46 cm)